Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

A320 TRTP I7r0, 2023 08 2

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 274

A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM Date: 2023-07-27

Issue/ Rev: 7/0

A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM


(TM APPENDIX NO.8)

ISSUE 7 REVISION 0

All pages and appendices of this publication are the property of “BAA Training” and shall not be duplicated,
copied, stored in the search engine or transmitted partially or fully in any form possible (electronic,
mechanical, photocopies, audio, or other) without the prior written consent of:
“BAA Training” JSC
Address: Dariaus ir Girėno str. 21, LT-02189 VILNIUS, LITHUANIA
Tel: +370 5 2525536, Faks: +370 5 2525537
info@baatraining.com
These copyright provisions also apply to all amendments of the publication.

© BAA Training
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM Date: 2023-07-27

Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 0-1
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

0.1 Document Approval


Transport Competence Agency
JSC „BAA Training“ Approval
Civil Aviation Department
Document Approver
Accountable Manager APPROVED BY:
Evgenij Grachiov

Date:

Document auditor
Compliance Monitoring Manager
Elžbieta Ratiuk

Document reviewer
Safety Manager
Vidas kaupelis / AGREED BY:
Compliance Monitoring Manager
Elžbieta Ratiuk

Document creator
Head of Training
Vytautas Stankevičius /
Chief Flight Instructor
Donatas Latvėnas

Training program confirmed by


Examiner / TRI
Donatas Latvėnas

© BAA Training
Page: 0-2
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

0.2 Issue / Revision Review


Page Revision
All document Content updated

© BAA Training
Page: 0-3
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

0.3 Distribution List


Position Remarks
Transport Competence Agency Civil Aviation Department Electronic version
Head of Training Electronic version in company server / Momook
Compliance Monitoring Manager Electronic version in company server / Momook
Safety Manager Electronic version in company server / Momook
Instructors for Airbus 318/319/320/321 Type Electronic version in Momook
Students for Airbus 318/319/320/321 Type Rating Training Electronic version
Students for CCQ A330 to A320 Electronic version

© BAA Training
Page: 0-4
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

0.4 List of Revisions


Issue Revision Number Revision Date Name Approved
7 0 2023-07-27 J. Paskevicius, Instructional System Design Group Specialist

© BAA Training
Page: 0-5
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

0.5 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Definition
AFM Aircraft Flight Manual
AOM Aircraft Operational Manual
AP Autopilot
APP Approach
APT Active Passive Trainer
APU Auxiliary Power Unit
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATIS Automatic Terminal Information Service
BAA BAA Training JSC
CBT Computer Base Training
CBTA Competency based training and assessment
CCQ Cross Crew Qualification
CM Crew Member
CRM Crew Resource Management
ECAM Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitor
EGPWS Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System
ELT Emergency Locator Transmitter
FC Flight Crew
FCOM Flight crew operation manual
FCU Flight Control Unit
FFS Full Flight Simulator
FMA Flight Mode Annunciator
FMS Flight Management System
FTD Flight Training Device
GI Ground Instructor
GPS Global Positioning System
ILS Instrument Landing System
JSC Joint Stock Company
LOFT Line-Orientated Flight Training
MCC Multi Crew Cooperation
NAA National Aviation Authority
OM Operation Manual
OSD Operational Suitability Data
PBN Performance Based Navigation
PDP Performance data package
PF Pilot Flying
PIC Pilot in Command
PM Pilot Monitoring
PWS Predictive Windshear System
QRH Quick Reference Handbook
RNP Required Navigation Performance
SKM System knowledge module
SOP Standard Operation Procedures
T/O Take-off
TCAS Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System
(continued)

© BAA Training
Page: 0-6
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Abbreviation Definition
TEM Threat & Error Management
TODA Take-Off Distance Available
TOGA Take Off / Go Around
TORA Take-Off Run Available
UPRT Upset Prevention and Recovery Training
ZFM Zero Fuel Mass
ZFTT Zero Flight Time Training

© BAA Training
Page: 0-7
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

0.6 List of Effective Pages

Chapter Page Issue Rev. Date Chapter Page Issue Rev. Date

7 0 2023-07-27 2 11 7 0 2023-07-27
7 0 2023-07-27 2 12 7 0 2023-07-27
0 1 7 0 2023-07-27 3 1 7 0 2023-07-27
0 2 7 0 2023-07-27 3 2 7 0 2023-07-27
0 3 7 0 2023-07-27 3 3 7 0 2023-07-27
0 4 7 0 2023-07-27 3 4 7 0 2023-07-27
0 5 7 0 2023-07-27 3 5 7 0 2023-07-27
0 6 7 0 2023-07-27 3 6 7 0 2023-07-27
0 7 7 0 2023-07-27 3 7 7 0 2023-07-27
0 8 7 0 2023-07-27 3 8 7 0 2023-07-27
0 9 7 0 2023-07-27 3 9 7 0 2023-07-27
0 10 7 0 2023-07-27 3 10 7 0 2023-07-27
0 11 7 0 2023-07-27 3 11 7 0 2023-07-27
0 12 7 0 2023-07-27 3 12 7 0 2023-07-27
0 13 7 0 2023-07-27 3 13 7 0 2023-07-27
0 14 7 0 2023-07-27 3 14 7 0 2023-07-27
0 15 7 0 2023-07-27 3 15 7 0 2023-07-27
0 16 7 0 2023-07-27 3 16 7 0 2023-07-27
1 1 7 0 2023-07-27 3 17 7 0 2023-07-27
1 2 7 0 2023-07-27 3 18 7 0 2023-07-27
1 3 7 0 2023-07-27 3 19 7 0 2023-07-27
1 4 7 0 2023-07-27 3 20 7 0 2023-07-27
1 5 7 0 2023-07-27 3 21 7 0 2023-07-27
1 6 7 0 2023-07-27 3 22 7 0 2023-07-27
1 7 7 0 2023-07-27 3 23 7 0 2023-07-27
1 8 7 0 2023-07-27 3 24 7 0 2023-07-27
1 9 7 0 2023-07-27 3 25 7 0 2023-07-27
1 10 7 0 2023-07-27 3 26 7 0 2023-07-27
1 11 7 0 2023-07-27 3 27 7 0 2023-07-27
1 12 7 0 2023-07-27 3 28 7 0 2023-07-27
1 13 7 0 2023-07-27 3 29 7 0 2023-07-27
1 14 7 0 2023-07-27 3 30 7 0 2023-07-27
1 15 7 0 2023-07-27 3 31 7 0 2023-07-27
1 16 7 0 2023-07-27 3 32 7 0 2023-07-27
2 1 7 0 2023-07-27 3 33 7 0 2023-07-27
2 2 7 0 2023-07-27 3 34 7 0 2023-07-27
2 3 7 0 2023-07-27 3 35 7 0 2023-07-27
2 4 7 0 2023-07-27 3 36 7 0 2023-07-27
2 5 7 0 2023-07-27 3 37 7 0 2023-07-27
2 6 7 0 2023-07-27 3 38 7 0 2023-07-27
2 7 7 0 2023-07-27 3 39 7 0 2023-07-27
2 8 7 0 2023-07-27 3 40 7 0 2023-07-27
2 9 7 0 2023-07-27 3 41 7 0 2023-07-27
2 10 7 0 2023-07-27 3 42 7 0 2023-07-27
(continued)

© BAA Training
Page: 0-8
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Chapter Page Issue Rev. Date Chapter Page Issue Rev. Date
3 43 7 0 2023-07-27 4 17 7 0 2023-07-27
3 44 7 0 2023-07-27 4 18 7 0 2023-07-27
3 45 7 0 2023-07-27 4 19 7 0 2023-07-27
3 46 7 0 2023-07-27 4 20 7 0 2023-07-27
3 47 7 0 2023-07-27 4 21 7 0 2023-07-27
3 48 7 0 2023-07-27 4 22 7 0 2023-07-27
3 49 7 0 2023-07-27 5 1 7 0 2023-07-27
3 50 7 0 2023-07-27 5 2 7 0 2023-07-27
3 51 7 0 2023-07-27 5 3 7 0 2023-07-27
3 52 7 0 2023-07-27 5 4 7 0 2023-07-27
3 53 7 0 2023-07-27 5 5 7 0 2023-07-27
3 54 7 0 2023-07-27 5 6 7 0 2023-07-27
3 55 7 0 2023-07-27 5 7 7 0 2023-07-27
3 56 7 0 2023-07-27 5 8 7 0 2023-07-27
3 57 7 0 2023-07-27 5 9 7 0 2023-07-27
3 58 7 0 2023-07-27 5 10 7 0 2023-07-27
3 59 7 0 2023-07-27 6 1 7 0 2023-07-27
3 60 7 0 2023-07-27 6 2 7 0 2023-07-27
3 61 7 0 2023-07-27 6 3 7 0 2023-07-27
3 62 7 0 2023-07-27 6 4 7 0 2023-07-27
3 63 7 0 2023-07-27 6 5 7 0 2023-07-27
3 64 7 0 2023-07-27 6 6 7 0 2023-07-27
3 65 7 0 2023-07-27 6 7 7 0 2023-07-27
3 66 7 0 2023-07-27 6 8 7 0 2023-07-27
3 67 7 0 2023-07-27 6 9 7 0 2023-07-27
3 68 7 0 2023-07-27 6 10 7 0 2023-07-27
3 69 7 0 2023-07-27 6 11 7 0 2023-07-27
3 70 7 0 2023-07-27 6 12 7 0 2023-07-27
3 71 7 0 2023-07-27 6 13 7 0 2023-07-27
3 72 7 0 2023-07-27 6 14 7 0 2023-07-27
4 1 7 0 2023-07-27 6 15 7 0 2023-07-27
4 2 7 0 2023-07-27 6 16 7 0 2023-07-27
4 3 7 0 2023-07-27 6 17 7 0 2023-07-27
4 4 7 0 2023-07-27 6 18 7 0 2023-07-27
4 5 7 0 2023-07-27 6 19 7 0 2023-07-27
4 6 7 0 2023-07-27 6 20 7 0 2023-07-27
4 7 7 0 2023-07-27 6 21 7 0 2023-07-27
4 8 7 0 2023-07-27 6 22 7 0 2023-07-27
4 9 7 0 2023-07-27 6 23 7 0 2023-07-27
4 10 7 0 2023-07-27 6 24 7 0 2023-07-27
4 11 7 0 2023-07-27 6 25 7 0 2023-07-27
4 12 7 0 2023-07-27 6 26 7 0 2023-07-27
4 13 7 0 2023-07-27 6 27 7 0 2023-07-27
4 14 7 0 2023-07-27 6 28 7 0 2023-07-27
4 15 7 0 2023-07-27 6 29 7 0 2023-07-27
4 16 7 0 2023-07-27 6 30 7 0 2023-07-27
(continued)

© BAA Training
Page: 0-9
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Chapter Page Issue Rev. Date Chapter Page Issue Rev. Date
6 31 7 0 2023-07-27 9 8 7 0 2023-07-27
6 32 7 0 2023-07-27 9 9 7 0 2023-07-27
6 33 7 0 2023-07-27 9 10 7 0 2023-07-27
6 34 7 0 2023-07-27 9 11 7 0 2023-07-27
6 35 7 0 2023-07-27 9 12 7 0 2023-07-27
6 36 7 0 2023-07-27 10 1 7 0 2023-07-27
6 37 7 0 2023-07-27 10 2 7 0 2023-07-27
6 38 7 0 2023-07-27 10 3 7 0 2023-07-27
6 39 7 0 2023-07-27 10 4 7 0 2023-07-27
6 40 7 0 2023-07-27 10 5 7 0 2023-07-27
6 41 7 0 2023-07-27 10 6 7 0 2023-07-27
6 42 7 0 2023-07-27 10 7 7 0 2023-07-27
6 43 7 0 2023-07-27 10 8 7 0 2023-07-27
6 44 7 0 2023-07-27 11 1 7 0 2023-07-27
6 45 7 0 2023-07-27 11 2 7 0 2023-07-27
6 46 7 0 2023-07-27 11 3 7 0 2023-07-27
6 47 7 0 2023-07-27 11 4 7 0 2023-07-27
6 48 7 0 2023-07-27 11 5 7 0 2023-07-27
6 49 7 0 2023-07-27 11 6 7 0 2023-07-27
6 50 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 1 7 0 2023-07-27
6 51 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 2 7 0 2023-07-27
6 52 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 3 7 0 2023-07-27
6 53 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 4 7 0 2023-07-27
6 54 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 5 7 0 2023-07-27
6 55 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 6 7 0 2023-07-27
6 56 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 7 7 0 2023-07-27
6 57 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 8 7 0 2023-07-27
6 58 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 9 7 0 2023-07-27
6 59 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 10 7 0 2023-07-27
6 60 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 11 7 0 2023-07-27
6 61 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 12 7 0 2023-07-27
6 62 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 13 7 0 2023-07-27
7 1 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 14 7 0 2023-07-27
7 2 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 15 7 0 2023-07-27
7 3 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 16 7 0 2023-07-27
7 4 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 17 7 0 2023-07-27
8 1 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 18 7 0 2023-07-27
8 2 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 19 7 0 2023-07-27
9 1 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 20 7 0 2023-07-27
9 2 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 21 7 0 2023-07-27
9 3 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 22 7 0 2023-07-27
9 4 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 23 7 0 2023-07-27
9 5 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 24 7 0 2023-07-27
9 6 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 25 7 0 2023-07-27
9 7 7 0 2023-07-27 A330 to A320 26 7 0 2023-07-27
(continued)

© BAA Training
Page: 0-10
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

0.7 Contents

0 0 . PREFACE 0-1

0.1 Document Approval 0-1

0.2 Issue / Revision Review 0-2

0.3 Distribution List 0-3

0.4 List of Revisions 0-4

0.5 Abbreviations 0-5

0.6 List of Effective Pages 0-7

0.7 Contents 0-10

1 1. GENERAL 1-1

1.1 General 1-1

1.2 Goal of Course 1-1

1.3 Philosophy of the courses 1-1

1.4 Prerequisites 1-1

1.5 Course description 1-2

1.5.1 GROUND PHASE 1-2

1.5.2 Entry Level Training (ELT) 1-3

1.5.3 HANDLING PHASE 1-3

1.5.4 LOFT PHASE 1-3

1.5.5 SKILL TEST PHASE 1-3

1.5.6 BASE TRAINING PHASE 1-3

1.6 Designated Ground Instructors 1-4

1.7 Method of Instruction 1-4

1.8 Description of the grading system 1-4

1.8.1 Session grading 1-4

1.8.2 Grading of the competencies 1-4

1.9 Criteria of Proficiency 1-4

1.10 Competency Criteria – Criteria of Assessing and Grading 1-5

1.10.1 The 9 competencies and the performance indicators 1-7

1.10.2 The associated word pictures for each competency 1-10

1.10.3 Grading scale to grade pilot competencies 1-13

© BAA Training
Page: 0-11
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

1.11 APT, FFS/FTD Training Documents Explanatory Notes 1-13

1.11.1 SESSION PREPARATION 1-13

1.11.2 SESSION TRAINING REPORT 1-14

1.12 Training Areas of Special Emphasis (TASE) 1-15

2 2. BREAKDOWN OF TRAINING 2-1

2.1 Airbus 318/319/320/321 Training Course Summary 2-1

2.2 Theoretical Knowledge Training 2-1

2.2.1 Objectives 2-1

2.2.2 Evaluation 2-1

2.2.3 Ground Theoretical Knowledge Interim (Progress)Test 2-2

2.2.4 Final Examination 2-2

2.2.5 Progress Tests and Examination Table 2-2

2.3 Airplane Systems Instruction 2-2

2.3.1 Objectives 2-2

2.3.2 Method of Instruction 2-2

2.3.3 Subjects 2-3

2.4 FFS / FTD / Airplane Training 2-3

2.4.1 Objectives 2-3

2.4.2 Training Interim (Progress) Test 2-3

2.4.3 Type Rating Skill Test (FFS) 2-4

2.4.4 Flight Training (Base training) 2-4

2.4.5 Documentation 2-4

2.5 Training Schedules 2-4

2.5.1 Modular Course Outline 2-5

2.5.2 MCC Combined Course Outline 2-7

2.5.3 Modular Course Outline with ZFTT or Base Training 2-9

2.5.4 Distance Learning or Self-Study Modular course Outline 2-11

3 3. GROUND PHASE 3-1

3.1 Ground School Syllabus (Technical & Operational) 3-1

3.2 Training in APT 3-10

3.2.1 General 3-10

3.2.2 Preflight Preparation 3-10

© BAA Training
Page: 0-12
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.3 APT Trainer A Cockpit Presentation 3-11

3.2.4 APT Trainer B Systems Presentation 3-13

3.2.5 APT Trainer C Preliminary Cockpit Presentation 3-15

3.2.6 APT – 1 Session 3-17

3.2.7 APT – 2 Session 3-23

3.2.8 APT – 3 Session 3-29

3.2.9 APT – 4 Session 3-34

3.2.10 APT – 5 Session 3-39

3.2.11 APT – 6 Session 3-44

3.2.12 APT – 7 Session 3-51

3.2.13 APT – 8 Session 3-58

3.2.14 APT – 9 Session 3-63

3.2.15 APT Remedial Training Session 3-69

4 4. MCC TRAINING 4-1

4.1 MCC Theoretical Training 4-1

4.2 Practical MCC Training 4-5

4.2.1 General 4-5

4.2.2 Briefing and Debriefing 4-5

4.2.3 MCC – 1 Training Session 4-7

4.2.4 MCC – 1 CBTA Form & Session records 4-9

4.2.5 MCC – 2 Training Session 4-11

4.2.6 MCC – 2 CBTA Form & Session records 4-13

4.2.7 MCC – 3 Training Session 4-15

4.2.8 MCC – 3 CBTA Form & Session records 4-17

4.2.9 MCC Remedial Training Session (if required) 4-19

4.2.10 MCC Remedial Training CBTA Form & Session records (if required) 4-21

5 5. ENTRY LEVEL TRAINING (ELT) 5-1

5.1 ENTRY LEVEL TRAINING (ELT) (if required) 5-1

5.1.1 General 5-1

5.1.2 ELT – 1 Session 5-3

5.1.3 ELT – 1 CBTA Form & Session records 5-5

© BAA Training
Page: 0-13
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

5.1.4 ELT – Additional Session (if required) 5-7

5.1.5 ELT – Additional training CBTA Form & Session records 5-9

6 6. HANDLING PHASE 6-1

6.1 General 6-1

6.1.1 Structure and Flight Training Elements 6-1

6.1.2 FFS and FTD Training Progress and Skill Tests 6-2

6.1.3 Flight Tolerance 6-2

6.1.4 Briefings 6-3

6.1.5 CRM Topics 6-3

6.2 FFS / FTD – 1 Session 6-5

6.2.1 FFS/FTD – 1 Preparation 6-5

6.2.2 FFS/FTD – 1 Session guide 6-6

6.2.3 FFS / FTD – 1 Training 6-9

6.2.4 FFS/FTD – 1 CBTA Form & Session records 6-11

6.3 FFS – 2 Session 6-13

6.3.1 FFS – 2 Preparation 6-13

6.3.2 FFS – 2 Session guide 6-15

6.3.3 FFS – 2 Training 6-16

6.3.4 FFS – 2 CBTA Form & Session records 6-18

6.4 FFS/FTD – 3 Session 6-20

6.4.1 FFS/FTD – 3 Preparation 6-20

6.4.2 FFS/FTD – 3 Session guide 6-22

6.4.3 FFS/FTD – 3 Training 6-23

6.4.4 FFS – 3 CBTA Form & Session records 6-25

6.5 FFS – 4 Session 6-27

6.5.1 FFS – 4 Preparation 6-27

6.5.2 FFS – 4 Session guide 6-28

6.5.3 FFS – 4 Training 6-33

6.5.4 FFS – 4 CBTA Form & Session records 6-35

6.6 FFS – 5 Session 6-37

6.6.1 FFS – 5 Preparation 6-37

6.6.2 FFS – 5 Session guide 6-39

© BAA Training
Page: 0-14
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.6.3 FFS – 5 Training 6-40

6.6.4 FFS – 5 CBTA Form & Session records 6-42

6.7 FFS – 6 Session 6-44

6.7.1 FFS – 6 Preparation 6-44

6.7.2 FFS – 6 Session guide 6-45

6.7.3 FFS – 6 Training 6-46

6.7.4 FFS – 6 CBTA Form & Session records 6-48

6.8 FFS – 7 Session 6-50

6.8.1 FFS – 7 Preparation 6-50

6.8.2 FFS – 7 Session guide 6-52

6.8.3 FFS – 7 Training 6-53

6.8.4 FFS – 7 CBTA Form & Session records 6-55

6.9 Open Item List 6-57

6.10 Remedial FFS/FTD Session 6-59

6.10.1 Remedial FFS/FTD CBTA Form & Session records 6-61

7 7. LOFT PHASE 7-1

7.1 FFS – 8 LOFT 7-1

7.1.1 Objectives 7-1

7.1.2 Scenarios 7-1

7.1.3 Briefing 7-1

7.1.4 How to conduct the session? 7-2

7.1.5 Debriefing 7-2

7.1.6 Proficiency Criteria 7-2

7.1.7 FFS – 8 LOFT CBTA Form & Session records 7-3

8 8. SKILL TEST PHASE 8-1

8.1 Skill Test 8-1

8.1.1 Skill Test CRM Items 8-1

8.2 Documentation 8-1

9 9. BASE TRAINING PHASE 9-1

9.1 General 9-1

9.1.1 Objective 9-1

© BAA Training
Page: 0-15
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

9.1.2 Trainee Prerequisites 9-2

9.1.3 Required Standard 9-2

9.1.4 Schedule 9-2

9.1.5 Conduct of Training Flights 9-2

9.2 Documentation 9-8

9.3 Base Training 9-9

9.3.1 Base training CBTA Form & Session records 9-11

10 10. ZERO FLIGHT TIME TRAINING 10-1

10.1 General 10-1

10.1.1 Goal of Course 10-1

10.1.2 Program Accordance 10-1

10.1.3 Approval 10-1

10.1.4 Initial Approval 10-1

10.1.5 Responsibilities of Operator 10-1

10.1.6 Required Experience for Pilots 10-1

10.1.7 Requirements for Full Flight Simulator 10-2

10.1.8 Additional Requirements for ZFTT Trainings and Operations 10-2

10.1.9 Documentation 10-2

10.2 Simulator Training 10-3

10.2.1 Objective 10-3

10.2.2 Required Standard 10-3

10.2.3 Content 10-3

10.3 ZFTT Simulator Training 10-5

10.3.1 ZFTT training CBTA Form & Session records 10-7

11 11 . REFRESH SKILL TRAINING 11-1

11.1 General 11-1

© BAA Training
Page: 0-16
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
0 . PREFACE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

11.1.1 Goal of Course 11-1

11.1.2 Requirements for Pilots 11-1

11.1.3 Documentation 11-1

11.2 Simulator Training 11-2

11.2.1 Objective 11-2

11.2.2 Required Standard 11-2

11.2.3 Content 11-2

11.2.4 Refresh Skill Training (if required) 11-3

11.2.5 Refresh Skill Training CBTA Form & Session records (if required) 11-5

A330 to APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW A330 to


A320 QUALIFICATION A330 TO A320 A320-1

A330 to A330 to
General
A320.1 A320-1

A330 to A330 to
Course Objective
A320.2 A320-1

A330 to A330 to
Prerequisites
A320.3 A320-1

A330 to A330 to
Course Description and Summary
A320.4 A320-1

A330 to A330 to
GROUND PHASE
A320.4.1 A320-1

A330 to A330 to
HANDLING PHASE
A320.4.2 A320-1

A330 to A330 to
SKILL TEST PHASE
A320.4.3 A320-2

A330 to A330 to
BASE TRAINING PHASE
A320.4.4 A320-2

A330 to A330 to
Training Course Summary
A320.4.5 A320-2

A330 to A330 to
Training Schedule
A320.4.6 A320-3

© BAA Training
Page: 1-1
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

1.1 General
This Airbus-318/319/320/321 Type Rating Training Program is prepared on the basis of Commission Regulation
(EU) No.1178/2011 with the mandatory training elements as defined in the Operational Suitability Data (OSD -FC -
A320 issued 06 JAN 2023) established in accordance Part 21.

1.2 Goal of Course


Upon completion of this Airbus-318/319/320/321 Type Rating Training Course, the student shall have the necessary
knowledge and skills to demonstrate that she/he is the master of the airplane, with the successful outcome of a
procedure or maneuver never in doubt, and shall meet or exceed the appropriate requirements / standards.

1.3 Philosophy of the courses


The Flight Crew Transition Courses are based on the following three principles:

Systematic approach to instruction;


Learning by doing;
Training to proficiency.

a. Systematic approach to instruction

The task of training must be considered as a whole and an instruction system must be defined to achieve the
training objectives. These objectives are determined by a task analysis. Methods and means necessary to
implement the instruction system are to chose for their qualities and adaptability to the objectives.

b. Learning by doing

Practical systems training is progressively introduced with the implementation of the Standard Operating Procedures
(SOP), crew concept and task sharing in a close to real environment.

c. Training to proficiency

At the end of the training program, each crew must be capable of carrying out his tasks safely and efficiently, in
accordance with the training objectives. Therefore, it is not possible to permit a trainee to move up from one phase
to the next until he has acquired the skills necessary to complete the objectives.

1.4 Prerequisites
Please refer to JSC “BAA Training” Training Manual section Prerequisites for Type Rating Training Candidates.

Additional Entry Level Training (ELT) is provided for Pilots:

Who do not have experience on ME-MP aircraft (CS-25 Large Aeroplanes), and
Whose IR(A) rating has not been valid for more than 1 years.

© BAA Training
Page: 1-2
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

1.5 Course description


The instruction concept uses a program divided into phases:

GROUND PHASE
HANDLING PHASE
LOFT PHASE
SKILL TEST PHASE
BASE TRAINING PHASE
The period of time between ground and flight phases of training should not exceed 60 days otherwise refresher
training is required.

The type rating course, including theoretical knowledge instruction, shall be completed within the 6 months
preceding skill test.

1.5.1 GROUND PHASE

(System Knowledge Module – SKM)

1.5.1.1 Welcome

General introduction presenting:

BAA Training Center


Course description
Presentation related to Airbus cockpit philosophy, Standard Operating Procedures (SOP's) and
Pilots Interaction.

1.5.1.2 APT Trainer

The training is fully integrated which means that all the systems knowledge acquired in the CBT is reinforced and
evaluated in the APT Trainer using the Airbus Standard Operating Procedures: this training device (equipped with a
tutorial mode displaying the Procedure Data Package) allows to learn the normal and abnormal operations using
task sharing and crew coordination which save precious FFS and FTD time.

The briefings and debriefings are fully integrated in the “tutorial mode”.

A debriefing will be carried out at APT Trainer 9 according to trainee’s performance. Ground Instructor (GI) may run
APT Trainer A, B, C and 1 with appropriate Training.

1.5.1.3 FMS Trainer

The FMS Trainer is installed on the laptop of the trainee for use in free play and to support the preparation of APT
sessions.

As the course footprint is independent from the skills of the trainee, the tool gives flexibility and is appropriate to
achieve the required competence for Type Rating.

How to use the software will be explained during the CBT introduction. It is recommended to operate all along the
flight phases to get an optimal operational use the FMS Trainer.

To be noted: the FMS Trainer does not simulate the rolling phase, it will be initialized on the airport coordinates,
heading North. When setting TOGA or FLEX, the aircraft position will be realigned at departure runway threshold.

© BAA Training
Page: 1-3
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

1.5.1.4 Mass and Balance Performance calculations

One day is dedicated to performance using either paper or FLYSMART for iPad (EFB).

1.5.1.5 System Knowledge and Performance Test

At the end of Ground phase, the trainee will be evaluated on:

Systems knowledge using either paper or "electronic" test based on randomized questionnaire, system
knowledge exam score is a minimum of 75 %.
Aircraft Weight and Balance test will be “paper test” using Load and Trim sheet.

1.5.2 Entry Level Training (ELT)

Entry Level Training (Optional) is applicable for pilots:

without experience on ME-MP aircraft (CS-25 Large Aeroplanes), and


whose IR(A) rating is expired for more than 1 year.
Note: If pilot performs Type rating training combined with MCC at BAA training, then ELT is not applicable.

The purpose of this ELT training is to check trainees skills on manual flying and IFR, also to familiarize applicants
with ME-MP operations and to perform IR(A) training.

1.5.3 HANDLING PHASE

This phase using FFS and FTD is mostly dedicated to aircraft handling in Normal and Abnormal operations. All
exercises are completed in a realistic environment allowing the crew to practice Standard Operating Procedures
previously learned in the APT Trainer. TRI/SFI run all sessions.

1.5.4 LOFT PHASE

A LOFT session is defined to summarize all the exercises learned throughout the course and to give the trainee
experience in operating the aircraft in real time scenario.

1.5.5 SKILL TEST PHASE

According to the PART-FCL requirements, the Skill Test syllabus is designed in a commercial air transport
environment and consists of:

1st part: a real time sector with some specific events.


2nd part: additional part to deal with the remaining items to be performed by the trainee in order to fully
satisfy the Part-FCL Appendix 9 requirements.

1.5.6 BASE TRAINING PHASE

Trainee is already Type Rated (Skill test passed):

Two options are provided to the Customer according to regulation requirements and airline request:

Aircraft Base Training (Flight) refer to paragraph 8.1 - General Base Training Phase, if applicable
OR

Zero Flight Time Training Program: (FFS ZFTT = 1:30 / per pilot or 2:00 / per pilot (when a pilot is changing
from a turbo-prop to a turbo-jet aeroplane)) refer to paragraph 9.1 - General Zero Flight Time Training, if
applicable.

© BAA Training
Page: 1-4
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

1.6 Designated Ground Instructors


Ground instruction shall be provided by suitably qualified personnel such as TRI / SFI and TKI who are included in
BAA Training Manual Appendix Q2.

1.7 Method of Instruction


The course is performed using lectures in the classroom, CBT, training videos, cockpit mock-up, APT, CBT – FMS
Trainer and practical demonstrations in the airplane when available.

1.8 Description of the grading system


The application of the Grading System relies on the instructor/examiner understanding and applying the underlying
principles, after having been trained and standardized effectively. All assessment and grading of maneuvers and
scenarios in a session follows the same stepped process:

1.8.1 Session grading

The instructor/examiner grades his/her observation by assigning a grade according to the 5-point grade scale for
each competency (1.10.1 - The 9 competencies and the performance indicators)

Free text comments may be made at instructor’s discretion. They are mandatory in case of any competency graded
below 3.

1.8.2 Grading of the competencies

Competency-based assessment is a continuous process during each session, and is the process of observing,
recording, analyzing and determining pilot performance.

Pilot performance is graded with reference to a 5-point scale. Each grade is described (see 1.10.1 - The 9
competencies and the performance indicators).

The instructor will assess the 9 competencies, against the associated performance indicators (see in a grid).

The instructor will assess the 9 competencies referring to the CBTA form.

1.9 Criteria of Proficiency


a. Evaluation during SKM phase

On completion of this phase, a written multiple-choice examination will be completed. All tests and final
exam shall be considered passed only if student answered minimum 75%.

© BAA Training
Page: 1-5
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

b. Unsatisfactory examination

Additional time to study SKM will be determined by the instructor in coordination with Head of Training. The
student will then undertake a second SKM examination.

c. APT, FFS and FTD notations

Appropriate number of CBTA Form & Session records are inserted in each trainees’ training program and
must be filled out by instructor after each APT, FFS and FTD session.

1.10 Competency Criteria – Criteria of Assessing and Grading


For each training session, the 9 competencies:

Application of procedures and compliance with regulations (PRO)


Communication (COM)
Aeroplane flight path management — automation (FPA)
Aeroplane flight path management — manual control (FPM)
Application of Knowledge (KNO)
Leadership & teamwork (LTW)
Problem-solving — decision-making (PSD)
Situation awareness and management of information (SAW)
Workload management (WLM)
are identified in a grid of grading, in each of the training sessions the student shall be able to reach at least 50%
competency indicators as described in 1.10.1 - The 9 competencies and the performance indicators which
defines the grade equal to 3 to pass session, no matter is the stage in which he is.

Example:

APT Training 1 session: the student that has just started shall be assessed only on 2 competencies. This system do
not take any consideration about the abilities demonstrated in others competencies.

In BAA Training the grading grid reports further scores which aim to observer competencies which will be however
measured further down in the training.

This is to assure a constant and reliable systematic approach to the pilots’ competencies.

Explanatory notes

The following table is related to the APT Training 1 session and it is used as example.

COMPETENCIES CRITERIA

COMPETENCY Focus NORM


Application of procedures and compliance with regulations (PRO) x 3
Communication (COM) 2
Aeroplane flight path management — automation (FPA) 2
Aeroplane flight path management — manual control (FPM) N/O 0
Application of knowledge (KNO) x 3
Leadership & teamwork (LTW) 1
Problem-solving — decision-making (PSD) 1
Situation awareness and management of information (SAW) 1
Workload management (WLM) 1
NOTE: N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

© BAA Training
Page: 1-6
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Competency – List of the 9 pilot’s competency as per EASA.

Focus – List of competencies which are the main target of assessment. They are identified with "X" and there are
compliant with training program. IF N/O, not observable, it is a non-applicable or non-observable competency.

NORM – “N" the normalized grading score by competency.

If any of the competency is set below 3, it means that particular competency is not yet develop as the student is in
the early stage of training. The normalized grading score by competency (NORM) is the minimum achievable by the
student in that particular session.

Free text comments may be made at instructor discretion. They are mandatory in case of any competency graded
below 3.

Free text comments (mandatory) box to first and comment the trainee’s difficulties as well as the proposed training
content and number of remedial training sessions requested.

Any Grade 1 in one competency is a fail and must trigger in CBTA form and the appropriate amount of
remedial sessions.

Grade 2 is the minimum acceptable

Courses are designed to enable trainees to acquire at least competency level 3, which is the target completion level.
The achievement of level 1, or repetitive demonstrations of level 2, indicates a strong likelihood that the completion
standard will not be reached, and therefore remedial training ir required.

For training session a grade “2” in one or more competencies requires that during the following session,
the trainee achieves grade “3” or higher in these competencies. If this is not achieved, remedial training is
required until a grade 3 is achieved in this competency.
For training session achievement of consecutive grade 2 in the same competency triggers
remedial training.
Where a particular competency is assessed below level 3, full details shall be recorded in the FREE TEXT box on
the grading sheet.

The table below shows the procedures to manage trainee progress.

GRADE ACTION BY INSTRUCTOR

Normal, at the NORM No action required


Above the NORM Specify deviation in the grade sheet
1 level below NORM
+ assured repetition during next lesson Specify deviation in the grade sheet, allow
+ high probability that repetition will lead continuation of training.
to NORM
More than 1 level below NORM or
Specify in the grade sheet and report to
- mandatory level of performance, or
CFI.
- conditions above not met

© BAA Training
Page: 1-7
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

1.10.1 The 9 competencies and the performance indicators

Competency Competency description Observable Behaviour (OB)


OB 1.1 Identifies where to find procedures and regulations.
OB 1.2 Applies relevant operating instructions, procedures and
Application of
Identifies and applies techniques in a timely manner.
procedures and
appropriate procedures in OB 1.3 Follows SOPs unless a higher degree of safety dictates an
compliance
accordance with published appropriate deviation.
with
operating instructions and OB 1.4 Operates aircraft systems and associated equipment correctly.
regulations
applicable regulations OB 1.5 Monitors aircraft systems status.
(PRO)
OB 1.6 Complies with applicable regulations.
OB 1.7 Applies relevant procedural knowledge.
OB 2.1 Determines that the recipient is ready and able to receive
information.
OB 2.2 Selects appropriately what, when, how and with whom to
communicate.
OB 2.3 Conveys messages clearly, accurately and concisely.
OB 2.4 Confirms that the recipient demonstrates understanding of
important information.
Communicates through
OB 2.5 Listens actively and demonstrates understanding when
appropriate means in the
Communication receiving information.
operational environment, in
(COM) OB 2.6 Asks relevant and effective questions.
both normal and non-
OB 2.7 Uses appropriate escalation in communication to resolve
normal situations
identified deviations.
OB 2.8 Uses and interprets non-verbal communication in a manner
appropriate to the organisational and social culture.
OB 2.9 Adheres to standard radiotelephone phraseology and
procedures.
OB 2.10 Accurately reads, interprets, constructs and responds to
datalink messages in English.
OB 3.1 Uses appropriate flight management, guidance systems and
automation, as installed and applicable to the conditions.
OB 3.2 Monitors and detects deviations from the intended flight path
and takes appropriate action.
Aeroplane
OB 3.3 Manages the flight path to achieve optimum operational
flight path
Controls the flight path performance.
management —
through automation OB 3.4 Maintains the intended flight path during flight using automation
automation
whilst managing other tasks and distractions.
(FPA)
OB 3.5 Selects appropriate level and mode of automation in a timely
manner considering phase of flight and workload.
OB 3.6 Effectively monitors automation, including engagement and
automatic mode transitions.

© BAA Training
Page: 1-8
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Competency Competency description Observable Behaviour (OB)


OB 4.1 Controls the aircraft manually with accuracy and smoothness
as appropriate to the situation.
OB 4.2 Monitors and detects deviations from the intended flight path
and takes appropriate action.
OB 4.3 Manually controls the aeroplane using the relationship between
Aeroplane aeroplane attitude, speed and thrust, and navigation signals or visual
flight path information.
Controls the flight path
management — OB 4.4 Manages the flight path to achieve optimum operational
through manual control
manual control performance.
(FPM) OB 4.5 Maintains the intended flight path during manual flight whilst
managing other tasks and distractions.
OB 4.6 Uses appropriate flight management and guidance systems, as
installed and applicable to the conditions.
OB 4.7 Effectively monitors flight guidance systems including
engagement and automatic mode transitions.
OB 0.1 Demonstrates practical and applicable knowledge of limitations
and systems and their interaction.
OB 0.2 Demonstrates the required knowledge of published operating
Demonstrates knowledge
instructions.
and understanding of
Application of OB 0.3 Demonstrates knowledge of the physical environment, the air
relevant information,
knowledge traffic environment and the operational infrastructure (including air
operating instructions,
(KNO) traffic routings, weather, airports).
aircraft systems and the
OB 0.4 Demonstrates appropriate knowledge of applicable legislation.
operating environment
OB 0.5 Knows where to source required information.
OB 0.6 Demonstrates a positive interest in acquiring knowledge.
OB 0.7 Is able to apply knowledge effectively.
OB 5.1 Encourages team participation and open communication.
OB 5.2 Demonstrates initiative and provides direction when required.
OB 5.3 Engages others in planning
OB 5.4 Considers inputs from others.
Influences others to OB 5.5 Gives and receives feedback constructively.
Leadership & contribute to a shared OB 5.6 Addresses and resolves conflicts and disagreements in a
teamwork purpose. Collaborates to constructive manner.
(LTW) accomplish the goals of the OB 5.7 Exercises decisive leadership when required.
team. OB 5.8 Accepts responsibility for decisions and actions.
OB 5.9 Carries out instructions when directed.
OB 5.10 Applies effective intervention strategies to resolve identified
deviations.
OB 5.11 Manages cultural and language challenges, as applicable

© BAA Training
Page: 1-9
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Competency Competency description Observable Behaviour (OB)


OB 6.1 Identifies, assesses and manages threats and errors in a
timely manner.
OB 6.2 Seeks accurate and adequate information from appropriate
sources.
OB 6.3 Identifies and verifies what and why things have gone
wrong, if appropriate.
OB 6.4 Perseveres in working through problems whilst prioritising
Problem-solving — Identifies precursors,
safety.
decision-making mitigates problems, and
OB 6.5 Identifies and considers appropriate options.
(PSD) makes decisions
OB 6.6 Applies appropriate and timely decision-making
techniques.
OB 6.7 Monitors, reviews and adapts decisions as required.
OB 6.8 Adapts when faced with situations where no guidance or
procedure exists.
OB 6.9 Demonstrates resilience when encountering an
unexpected event.
OB 7.1 Monitors and assesses the state of the aeroplane and its
systems.
OB 7.2 Monitors and assesses the aeroplane’s energy state, and
its anticipated flight path.
OB 7.3 Monitors and assesses the general environment as it may
Situation Perceives, comprehends
affect the operation.
awareness and and manages information
OB 7.4 Validates the accuracy of information and checks for gross
management of and anticipates its effect
errors.
information (SAW) on the operation
OB 7.5 Maintains awareness of the people involved in or affected
by the operation and their capacity to perform as expected.
OB 7.6 Develops effective contingency plans based upon potential
risks associated with threats and errors.
OB 7.7 Responds to indications of reduced situation awareness
OB 8.1 Exercises self-control in all situations.
OB 8.2 Plans, prioritises and schedules appropriate tasks
effectively.
OB 8.3 Manages time efficiently when carrying out tasks OB 8.4
Maintains available
Offers and gives assistance.
Workload workload capacity by
OB 8.5 Delegates tasks.
management prioritising and distributing
OB 8.6 Seeks and accepts assistance, when appropriate.
(WLM) tasks using appropriate
OB 8.7 Monitors, reviews and cross-checks actions
resources
conscientiously.
OB 8.8 Verifies that tasks are completed to the expected outcome.
OB 8.9 Manages and recovers from interruptions, distractions,
variations and failures effectively while performing tasks

© BAA Training
Page: 1-10
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

1.10.2 The associated word pictures for each competency

Application of procedures (PRO)

1 – The pilot applied procedures ineffectively, by rarely demonstrating any of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in an unsafe situation.

2 – The pilot applied procedures at the minimum acceptable level, by only occasionally demonstrating some of the
observable behaviours when required, but which did not result in an unsafe situation.

3 – The pilot applied procedures adequately, by regularly demonstrating many of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in a safe operation.

4 – The pilot applied procedures effectively, by regularly demonstrating most of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in a safe operation.

5 – The pilot applied procedures in an exemplary manner, by always demonstrating almost all of the observable
behaviours to a high standard when required, which enhanced safety, effectiveness and efficiency.

Communication (COM)

1 – The pilot communicated ineffectively, by rarely demonstrating any of the observable behaviours when required,
which resulted in an unsafe situation.

2 – The pilot communicated at the minimum acceptable level, by only occasionally demonstrating some of the
observable behaviours when required, but which did not result in an unsafe situation.

3 – The pilot communicated adequately, by regularly demonstrating many of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in a safe operation.

4 – The pilot communicated effectively, by regularly demonstrating most of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in a safe operation.

5 – The pilot communicated in an exemplary manner, by always demonstrating almost all of the observable
behaviours to a high standard when required, which enhanced safety, effectiveness and efficiency.

Flight path management — automation (FPA)

1 – The pilot managed the automation ineffectively, by rarely demonstrating any of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in an unsafe situation.

2 – The pilot managed the automation at the minimum acceptable level, by only occasionally demonstrating some of
the observable behaviours when required, but which did not result in an unsafe situation.

3 – The pilot managed the automation adequately, by regularly demonstrating many of the observable behaviours
when required, which resulted in a safe operation.

4 – The pilot managed the automation effectively, by regularly demonstrating most of the observable behaviours
when required, which resulted in a safe operation.

5 – The pilot managed the automation in an exemplary manner, by always demonstrating almost all of the
observable behaviours to a high standard when required, which enhanced safety, effectiveness and efficiency.

© BAA Training
Page: 1-11
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Flight path management — manual control (FPM)

1 – The pilot controlled the aircraft ineffectively, by rarely demonstrating any of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in an unsafe situation.

2 – The pilot controlled the aircraft at the minimum acceptable level, by only occasionally demonstrating some of the
observable behaviours when required, but which did not result in an unsafe situation.

3 – The pilot controlled the aircraft adequately, by regularly demonstrating many of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in a safe operation.

4 – The pilot controlled the aircraft effectively, by regularly demonstrating most of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in a safe operation.

5 – The pilot controlled the aircraft in an exemplary manner, by always demonstrating almost all of the observable
behaviours to a high standard when required, which enhanced safety, effectiveness and efficiency.

Application of knowledge (KNO)

1 – The pilot showed inadequate knowledge, by rarely demonstrating any of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in an unsafe situation.

2 – The pilot showed knowledge at the minimum acceptable level, by only occasionally demonstrating some of the
observable behaviours when required, but which did not result in an unsafe situation.

3 – The pilot showed adequate knowledge, by regularly demonstrating many of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in a safe operation.

4 – The pilot showed adequate knowledge, by regularly demonstrating most of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in a safe operation.

5 – The pilot showed exemplary knowledge, by always demonstrating almost all of the observable behaviours to a
high standard when required, which enhanced safety, effectiveness and efficiency.

Leadership & teamwork (LTW)

1 – The pilot led or worked as a team member ineffectively, by rarely demonstrating any of the observable
behaviours when required, which resulted in an unsafe situation.

2 – The pilot led and worked as a team member at the minimum acceptable level, by only occasionally
demonstrating some of the observable behaviours when required, but which did not result in an unsafe situation.

3 – The pilot led and worked as a team member adequately, by regularly demonstrating many of the observable
behaviours when required, which resulted in a safe operation.

4 – The pilot led and worked as a team member effectively, by regularly demonstrating most of the observable
behaviours when required, which resulted in a safe operation.

5 – The pilot led and worked as a team member in an exemplary manner, by always demonstrating almost all of the
observable behaviours to a high standard when required, which enhanced safety, effectiveness and efficiency.

© BAA Training
Page: 1-12
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Problem-solving & decision-making (PSD)

1 – The pilot solved problems or made decisions ineffectively, by rarely demonstrating any of the observable
behaviours when required, which resulted in an unsafe situation.

2 – The pilot solved problems and made decisions at the minimum acceptable level, by only occasionally
demonstrating some of the observable behaviours when required, but which did not result in an unsafe situation.

3 – The pilot solved problems and made decisions adequately, by regularly demonstrating many of the observable
behaviours when required, which resulted in a safe operation.

4 – The pilot solved problems and made decisions effectively, by regularly demonstrating most of the observable
behaviours when required, which resulted in a safe operation.

5 – The pilot solved problems and made decisions in an exemplary manner, by always demonstrating almost all of
the observable behaviours to a high standard when required, which enhanced safety, effectiveness and efficiency.

Situation awareness (SAW)

1 – The pilot’s situation awareness was inadequate, by rarely demonstrating any of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in an unsafe situation.

2 – The pilot’s situation awareness was at the minimum acceptable level, by only occasionally demonstrating some
of the observable behaviours when required, but which did not result in an unsafe situation.

3 – The pilot’s situation awareness was adequate, by regularly demonstrating many of the observable behaviours
when required, which resulted in a safe operation.

4 – The pilot’s situation awareness was good, by regularly demonstrating most of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in a safe operation.

5 – The pilot’s situation awareness was exemplary, by always demonstrating almost all of the observable behaviours
to a high standard when required, which enhanced safety, effectiveness and efficiency.

Workload management (WLM)

1 – The pilot managed the workload ineffectively, by rarely demonstrating any of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in an unsafe situation.

2 – The pilot managed the workload at the minimum acceptable level, by only occasionally demonstrating some of
the observable behaviours when required, but which did not result in an unsafe situation.

3 – The pilot managed the workload adequately, by regularly demonstrating many of the observable behaviours
when required, which resulted in a safe operation.

4 – The pilot managed the workload at the minimum acceptable level, by only occasionally demonstrating some of
the observable behaviours when required, but which did not result in an unsafe situation.

5 – The pilot managed the workload ineffectively, by rarely demonstrating any of the observable behaviours when
required, which resulted in an unsafe situation.

© BAA Training
Page: 1-13
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

1.10.3 Grading scale to grade pilot competencies

Instructor Input Observable Behaviours Outcome


Grade (Method of (Task or event
How many How often How well
instruction) completion)
Discuss options and Ideal
Exceed 5 All Always Exemplarily
exchange experience (safe, effective, efficient)
Encourage to further
Proficient 4 Most Regularly Effectively Safe and effective
increase efficiency
Facilitate the self- Safe
Consolidate 3 Many Regularly Adequately
learning (skill test tolerances)
Practice 2 Teach and facilitate Some Occasionally Marginally Improvement required
Describe Explain and Not
1 Few Rarely Improvement required
and apply demonstrate effectively
Not
0 N/A
Observed

1.11 APT, FFS/FTD Training Documents Explanatory Notes


1.11.1 SESSION PREPARATION

In this section, a short overview of the training session is stated.

SESSION OBJECTIVE

In this section, the training objective are stated. They shall be considered as focal points of the overall trainees’
performance achievement.

TRAINING TOPICS

In this section, the main topics, subject of trainees’ self-study, are stated. The trainees shall prepare themselves in
advance on those subjects in order to arrive at the training session with a clear theoretical knowledge about the
scenario which will be developed.

SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA

In this section, the Training Proficiency Criteria are stated. They shall be considered as descriptive base of evidence
of proficiency achievement.

1.11.1.1 SESSION GUIDE

In this section, the instructors will find a guideline concerning the scenario to administer during the training session.
It is highly advisable to revise the guideline in due time before the session in order to be familiar with the dynamic of
the proposed scenarios.

© BAA Training
Page: 1-14
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

The guideline is on 2 columns:

the 1st column reports the reference number of the Training Event. They are ordered by time line and by
relevancy: where the number is missed, it means that the Event do not need extra explanation except the
ones reported in the manufacturer’s official documentation.
the 2nd column reports the Training Event and the training notes which are helpful to instructor and
trainees to understand the Event or the series of Events.
Trainees should consult the Guideline to understand the development of the training session.

1.11.2 SESSION TRAINING REPORT

Environment and Aircraft Data.

Weather and conditions are set for the session.


Aircraft Data are calculated over a Standard Aircraft with different engines option. Would a particular
Aircraft configuration be adopted, the instructor or the trainees shall recalculate the related performance.

Each session has 2 sections:

Section 1 - Simulator Set-Up Data: contains all the information necessary for the Students to prepare the Simulator.

Section 2 - Syllabus and Training Record

Section 1 Section 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 1 or 2
ATHR

Time
No.

AP

FD

LST
TRAINING EVENTS

Column 1 Sequential number of exercises


Columns 2 - 5 Shows the engagement status of (for each exercise):
AP - AutoPilot
FD – Flight Director
ATHR - Auto Thrust
TRK-FPA – Track Flight Path Angle
Column 6 Shows the average time allocated for each training exercise
Column 7 Contains the exercises to be carried out
Column 8 Shows the reference number of the associated box on CAA Form LST MP (Part-FCL Appendix 9)

COMPETENCIES CRITERIA

The table sets the benchmarks of the trainees’ performance which must be achieved in every training session.

The NORM (benchmark) represents the minimum score a trainee shall reach to be proficient in the session and to
have the right to proceed to the next one. Usually the benchmark is set at 3.

In some early training sessions, a NORM set to 2 can be found: this is allowed due to competencies or Observable
Behaviors not yet at consolidated level.

The FOCUS represents the SPECIAL EMPHASIS or the FOCAL POINT which aim to judge the related competency.

For the grading the trainees’ performance and the assessment grid, refer to 1.10 - Competency Criteria – Criteria
of Assessing and Grading.

© BAA Training
Page: 1-15
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

1.12 Training Areas of Special Emphasis (TASE)


All the following characteristics of the Airbus Fly-By-Wire family are emphasized during the A320 training and are
common to all the Airbus Fly-By-Wire family aircraft: A320, A330, A340, A350 and A380 family.

According to OSD information the following items must receive special emphasis at the appropriate point during the
ground and flight training (e.g. during CBT and/or FFS training) :

Fly-By-Wire: the following are included in both initial training:


Knowledge of flight characteristics and the degree of flight envelope protection provided by the
various flight control laws for pitch, roll and yaw control (FFS 1, FFS 3)
Procedural and handling consequences following multiple failures that result in alternate or direct
law, both at low and high altitude (FFS 4)
Knowledge of the use of side stick controller with a special emphasis on the relationship between
the two controllers and the transfer/takeover of control (FFS 1)
Use of Flight Management System
Knowledge of the various modes of automation (FFS 2)
Knowledge and skills related to MFD / FCU use (APT 3)
Recognition of mode awareness and transition modes through the FMA (APT 3)
CRM issue linked to automation (task sharing and crosschecks) (APT 3)
Use of ECAM
Knowledge of appropriate use of ECAM in conjunction with system failures (APT 6)
Crew discipline for ECAM actions: respect of the depicted procedure, crosscheck of irreversible
actions, aircraft status analysis (APT 6)
Autothrust system
Knowledge of the thrust control system in conjunction with the “non-moving throttles” (FFS 1)
Recognition of all messages associated to Autothrust failure, engagement and
disconnection (FFS 1)

© BAA Training
Page: 1-16
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
1. GENERAL Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 2-1
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
2. BREAKDOWN OF TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

2.1 Airbus 318/319/320/321 Training Course Summary


Phase Name Phase Duration Phase Test/Check/Evaluation
Requirements
Interim Test; Aircraft system test;
1. Ground Phase (including CPT) 131 hrs Avionics Test; Final Examination,
Limitations Test
Theory – 25 hrs
2. MCC Combined (if required) MCC Training
Practical – 12 hrs in FFS

3. Entry Level Training (ELT) 2 hrs in FFS for unexperienced


Sessions must be completed
(if required) pilots

28 hrs in FFS; or
4. Handling Phase Sessions must be completed
8 hrs in FTD and 20 hrs in FFS

5. LOFT Phase 4 hrs in FFS Session must be completed

6. Skill Test Phase 4 hrs in FFS Type Rating Skill Test

1:30 hrs per pilot, or


2:00 hrs per pilot (when a pilot is
7. ZFTT (if required) Session must be completed
changing from a turbo-prop to a
turbo-jet aeroplane)

8. Aeroplane Training (if required) max. 2 hrs Aeroplane Type Rating Skill Test (Aeroplane)

2.2 Theoretical Knowledge Training


2.2.1 Objectives

The theoretical knowledge training shall meet the general objectives of:

Giving the student a thorough knowledge of the aircraft structure, power plant and systems, along with
their associated limitations;
Giving the student a knowledge of the positioning and operation of the flight deck controls and indicators
for the aircraft and its systems;
Giving the student an understanding of system malfunctions, their effect on aircraft operations and
interaction with other systems;
Giving the student the understanding of normal and non-normal procedures.

2.2.2 Evaluation

The student shall demonstrate the theoretical knowledge required to:

Operate each system normally;


Detect the non-normal operation of an aircraft system;
Determine whether the non-normal condition affects the operation of other systems;
Know what appropriate actions to take.

© BAA Training
Page: 2-2
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
2. BREAKDOWN OF TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

2.2.3 Ground Theoretical Knowledge Interim (Progress)Test

Progress tests are administered after each subject is covered. Test results are recorded in the lecture journal.
Completed examinations (paper or electronic version) are inserted into each student’s personal file.

2.2.4 Final Examination

The ground schools Theoretical Knowledge Final Examination must be successfully passed at the end of the ground
course. The test, formed from all the subjects covered, must contain not less than 100 questions.

2.2.5 Progress Tests and Examination Table

Passing level for the final tests is 75%. Please refer to Training Manual section Theoretical Knowledge Training and
Evaluation/Requirements to Pass Theoretical Tests and Exams.

Final tests shall be administered as classroom, closed book test observed by instructor.

2.3 Airplane Systems Instruction


2.3.1 Objectives

The objective of this phase of training is to introduce the various aircraft systems to the student. In this phase of
training the student becomes familiar with various aircraft components, system logic, controls and indications,
limitations, and normal as well as non-normal operations. This detailed knowledge will be used during the
Procedures Course and in the FFS and FTD which requires a high level of systems understanding using checklist
flows and in normal as well as non-normal situation awareness.

2.3.2 Method of Instruction

The course is conducted using CBT, classroom lectures, training videos and the flight deck poster.

Instructor guided reviews are planned systematically. Those reviews will cover instructor extended explanation on
previously passed training topics, answering any unclarities and review of progress tests.

AFM ,QRH, FCOM, Flysmart (tablet) for performance calculations and all related documents will be available to
each student.

Number of
Subject Remarks
Questions
Closed book
Interim Test 35
Time – 0.5 hr.
Closed book
Aircraft System Test 65
Time – 1 hr.
Closed book
Avionics Test 35
Time – 0.5 hr.
Closed book
Limitations Test 30
Time – 0.5 hr.
Closed book
Final Examination 100
Time – 2 hrs.

© BAA Training
Page: 2-3
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
2. BREAKDOWN OF TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

2.3.3 Subjects

1. Aircraft General
2. Oxygen System
3. Electrical System
4. Hydraulic System
5. Landing Gear and Brakes
6. Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)
7. Pneumatic System
8. Air Conditioning
9. Pressurization System
10. Power Plant
11. Fuel System
12. Ice and Rain Protection
13. Fire Detection and Protection
14. Auto flight
15. Instruments
16. Navigation
17. Communication
18. Flight Controls
19. PBN
20. UPRT
21. FMS
22. Limitations
23. Performance and Fuel calculations
24. Mass and Balance calculations

2.4 FFS / FTD / Airplane Training


2.4.1 Objectives

The objectives of FFS / FTD / Airplane training are:

To operate the airplane within its limitations;


To perform all maneuvers with smoothness and accuracy;
To apply good judgment and airmanship;
To apply aeronautical knowledge;
To control the aeroplane at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a procedure or
maneuver is never in doubt;
To understand and apply crew co-ordination and incapacitation procedures, if applicable; and
To communicate effectively with the other crew members, if applicable.

2.4.2 Training Interim (Progress) Test

Progress tests in the FFS and FTD are administered during each training session. Records are made on the
FFS/FTD Sessions’ reports forms. Progress test performance procedures are described in TM section Practical
Training Records and Evaluation.

© BAA Training
Page: 2-4
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
2. BREAKDOWN OF TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

2.4.3 Type Rating Skill Test (FFS)

On completion of FFS training and prior to commencement of Airplane Training, the pilot shall pass a Type Rating
Skill Test (FFS). During the first part of the Type Rating test, the pilot shall demonstrate the skills required for the
safe operation of the A318/319/320/321 in a multi-crew environment as a pilot-flying (PF) or a pilot monitoring (PM)
as applicable, as set out in corresponding skill test form.

2.4.4 Flight Training (Base training)

The flight training shall be performed within 60 days after successfully completing simulator training and the Skill
test.

The take-off and landing training should include:

A) at least four landings in the case of MPAs where the student pilot has more than 500 hours of MPA
experience in aeroplanes of similar size and performance or, in all other cases, at least six landings;
B) at least one full-stop landing; and
C) one go-around with all engines operating.

This aeroplane training may be completed after the student pilot has completed the FSTD training and has
successfully undertaken the type rating skill test, provided it does not exceed 2 hours of the flight training course.

More training may be given, if special difficulties are encountered. Remedial simulator training may be required.

2.4.5 Documentation

A personal copy of this training program is sent by email to a student before the commencing ground school
theoretical knowledge learning.

2.5 Training Schedules


This training program includes several types of training schedules that meet the customer's needs:

2.5.1 - Modular Course Outline – is a typical schedule for the Pilot Initial Airbus-318/319/320/321 Type Rating
Training and is applicable when a client wants to study an aircraft type without additional theoretical and / or
practical knowledge.

2.5.2 - MCC Combined Course Outline – schedule for Pilot Initial Airbus-318/319/320/321 Type Rating Training
with MCC combined.

2.5.3 - Modular course Outline with ZFTT or Base Training – schedule for Pilot Initial Airbus-318/319/320/321
Type Rating Training is applicable when client needs Zero Flight Time Training or Base training.

2.5.4 - Distance Learning or Self-Study Modular course Outline – schedule for Pilot Initial Airbus-
318/319/320/321 Type Rating Training is applicable when client wants to use Distance learning or Self-study for a
part of theoretical knowledge.

Under no circumstances will a modified schedule present fewer hours of classroom, CBT and simulator instruction

© BAA Training
Page: 2-5
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
2. BREAKDOWN OF TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

2.5.1 Modular Course Outline

A – GROUND PHASE (SKM)

Training
h / Morning h / Afternoon
Day
1 Course Introduction. 2 CBT (Oxygen)
1 3 CBT (Aircraft. General) 2 CBT (Electrical System)
2 CBT (Hydraulic System)
2 CBT (Electrical System)
2 1 CBT (Landing Gear and Brakes),
2 CBT (Hydraulic System)
1 APT A
1 CBT (Auxiliary Power Unit (APU))
2 CBT (Landing Gear and Brakes)
3 2 CBT (Pneumatic System)
2 CBT (Auxiliary Power Unit (APU))
1 APT B
1.5 CBT (Pneumatic System)
1 CBT (Pressurization)
4 0.5 Interim Test
2 CBT (Power Plant)
2 CBT (Air Conditioning)
2 CBT (Power Plant) 2 CBT (Fuel System)
5
2 CBT (Fuel System) 2 APT C
DAY OFF
DAY OFF
6 2 CBT (Ice-Rain Protection) 4 CBT (Fire Detections & Protections)
2 CBT (Autoflights)
7 4 CBT (Instruments) 1.5 CBT (Communication)
0.5 Avionics Test
2 CBT (Flight Controls)
2 CBT (Navigation)
8 1 Aircraft Systems Test
2 CBT (Flight Controls)
1 Test results review
2 CBT (PBN)
9 4 SOP (use of instructor media PDP)
2 CBT (UPRT)
10 4 FMS 4 FMS
3.5 Limitations
11 4 APT1
0.5 Limitations Test
DAY OFF
12 4 APT 2 4 Performance and Fuel Calculations
3.5 Mass & Balance Calculations
13 4 APT 3
0.5 Load and Trim sheet
14 4 APT 4 2 Airplane external visual inspection (Video or virtual 3D)
2 Final Examination
15 4 APT 5
2 Course Overview
16 4 APT 6
17 4 APT 7
DAY OFF
18 4 APT 8
19 4 APT 9
20 2 ELT (if applicable)

© BAA Training
Page: 2-6
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
2. BREAKDOWN OF TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

B – HANDLING PHASE

21 4 FFS or FTD 1
22 4 FFS 2
DAY OFF
23 4 FFS or FTD 3
24 4 FFS 4
25 4 FFS 5
26 4 FFS 6
DAY OFF
27 4 FFS 7

C – LOFT PHASE

28 4 FFS 8 (LOFT)

D – SKILL TEST PHASE

29 4 FFS 9 (Skill test, 2 hours per pilot)

© BAA Training
Page: 2-7
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
2. BREAKDOWN OF TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

2.5.2 MCC Combined Course Outline

A – GROUND PHASE (SKM) WITH MCC COMBINED

Training
h / Morning h / Afternoon
Day
1 Course Introduction. 2 CBT (Oxygen)
1 3 CBT (Aircraft. General) 2 CBT ( Electrical System)
2 CBT (Hydraulic System)
2 CBT (Electrical System)
2 1 CBT (Landing Gear and Brakes),
2 CBT (Hydraulic System)
1 APT A
1 CBT (Auxiliary Power Unit (APU))
2 CBT (Landing Gear and Brakes)
3 2 CBT (Pneumatic System)
2 CBT (Auxiliary Power Unit (APU))
1 APT B
1.5 CBT (Pneumatic System)
1 CBT (Pressurization)
4 0.5 Interim Test
2 CBT (Power Plant)
2 CBT (Air Conditioning)
2 CBT (Power Plant) 2 CBT (Fuel System)
5
2 CBT (Fuel System) 2 APT C
DAY OFF
DAY OFF
6 2 CBT (Ice-Rain Protection) 4 CBT (Fire Detections & Protections)
2 CBT (Autoflights)
7 4 CBT (Instruments) 1.5 CBT (Communication)
0.5 Avionics Test
2 CBT (Flight Controls)
2 CBT (Navigation)
8 1 Aircraft Systems Test
2 CBT (Flight Controls)
1 Test results review
2 CBT (PBN)
9 4 SOP (use of instructor media PDP)
2 CBT (UPRT)
10 4 FMS 4 FMS
DAY OFF
11 6 MCC (Introduction course; Communication; Leadership and team working; Situation awareness)
6 MCC (Workload management; Problem-solving and decision-making, Monitoring and cross-checking;
12
Task sharing)
13 6 MCC (Use of checklists, Briefings, Flight management, FMS use)
7 MCC (Systems normal operations, Systems abnormal and emergency operations; Environment;
14
Weather and ATC)
3.5 Limitations
15 4 APT1
0.5 Limitations Test
DAY OFF
16 4 APT 2 4 Performance and Fuel Calculations
3.5 Mass & Balance Calculations
17 4 APT 3
0.5 Load and Trim sheet
18 4 APT 4 2 Airplane external visual inspection (Video or virtual 3D)
2 Final Examination
19 4 APT 5
2 Course Overview

© BAA Training
Page: 2-8
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
2. BREAKDOWN OF TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

20 4 APT 6
21 4 APT 7
DAY OFF
22 4 APT 8
23 4 APT 9

B – HANDLING PHASE

24 4 MCC (FFS)
25 4 MCC (FFS)
DAY OFF
26 4 MCC (FFS)
27 4 FFS or FTD 1
28 4 FFS 2
29 4 FFS or FTD 3
DAY OFF
30 4 FFS 4
31 4 FFS 5
32 4 FFS 6
33 4 FFS 7

C – LOFT PHASE

34 4 FFS 8 (LOFT)

D – SKILL TEST PHASE

35 4 FFS 9 (Skill test, 2 hours per pilot)

© BAA Training
Page: 2-9
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
2. BREAKDOWN OF TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

2.5.3 Modular Course Outline with ZFTT or Base Training

A – GROUND PHASE (SKM) WITH ZFTT

Training
h / Morning h / Afternoon
Day
1 Course Introduction. 2 CBT (Oxygen)
1 3 CBT (Aircraft. General) 2 CBT ( Electrical System)
2 CBT (Hydraulic System)
2 CBT (Electrical System) 1 CBT (Landing Gear and Brakes),
2
2 CBT (Hydraulic System) 1 APT A

1 CBT (Auxiliary Power Unit (APU))


2 CBT (Landing Gear and Brakes)
3 2 CBT (Pneumatic System)
2 CBT (Auxiliary Power Unit (APU))
1 APT B
1.5 CBT (Pneumatic System)
1 CBT (Pressurization)
4 0.5 Interim Test
2 CBT (Power Plant)
2 CBT (Air Conditioning)
2 CBT (Power Plant) 2 CBT (Fuel System)
5
2 CBT (Fuel System) 2 APT C
DAY OFF
DAY OFF
6 2 CBT (Ice-Rain Protection) 4 CBT (Fire Detections & Protections)
2 CBT (Autoflights)
7 4 CBT (Instruments) 1.5 CBT (Communication)
0.5 Avionics Test
2 CBT (Flight Controls)
2 CBT (Navigation)
8 1 Aircraft Systems Test
2 CBT (Flight Controls)
1 Test results review
2 CBT (PBN)
9 4 SOP (use of instructor media PDP)
2 CBT (UPRT)
10 4 FMS 4 FMS
3.5 Limitations
11 4 APT1
0.5 Limitations Test
DAY OFF
12 4 APT 2 4 Performance and Fuel Calculations
3.5 Mass & Balance Calculations
13 4 APT 3
0.5 Load and Trim sheet
2 Final Examination
14 4 APT 4
2 Course Overview
15 4 APT 5
16 4 APT 6
17 4 APT 7
DAY OFF
18 4 APT 8
19 4 APT 9
20 2 ELT (if applicable)

© BAA Training
Page: 2-10
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
2. BREAKDOWN OF TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

B – HANDLING PHASE

21 4 FFS or FTD 1
22 4 FFS 2
23 4 FFS or FTD 3
24 4 FFS 4
DAY OFF
25 4 FFS 5
26 4 FFS 6
27 4 FFS 7

C – LOFT PHASE

28 4 FFS 8 (LOFT)

D – SKILL TEST PHASE

29 4 FFS 9 (Skill test, 2 hours per pilot)

E– ZFTT PHASE

2 Virtual walk around before ZFTT


30 1:30 / per pilot (ZFTT), or
2:00 / per pilot (ZFTT) (when a pilot is changing from a turbo-prop to a turbo-jet aeroplane)

or

BASE TRAINING PHASE

Walk around
30
Base training not more than 2 hrs/per pilot

© BAA Training
Page: 2-11
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
2. BREAKDOWN OF TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

2.5.4 Distance Learning or Self-Study Modular course Outline

A – GROUND PHASE (SKM) DISTANCE LEARNING OR SELF-STUDY

Training
Subject Facility Duration Conducted by Progress testing
Day
Training Manager /
Welcome call Virtual call 1 hour n/a
Supervisor Instructor
1
Aircraft General CBT 3 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
Oxygen CBT 2 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
Electrical System CBT 4 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
2
Hydraulic System CBT 4 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
Review & consultation on a previous
Virtual call 2 hours Supervisor Instructor Progress test-I
topic for assessed the progress
3
Landing Gear and Brakes CBT 3 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) CBT 3 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
Pneumatic System CBT 3.5 hour Self-study CBT-assessed
4 Air Conditioning CBT 2 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
Pressurization CBT 1 hour Self-study CBT-assessed
Review & consultation on a previous
Virtual call 2 hours Supervisor Instructor Progress test-II
topic for assessed the progress
5
Power Plant CBT 4 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
Fuel System CBT 2 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
DAY OFF
Fuel System CBT 2 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
6 Ice and Rain Protection CBT 2 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
Fire Detection and Protections CBT 4 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
Review & consultation on a previous
Virtual call 2 hours Supervisor Instructor Progress test-III
topic for assessed the progress
7
Instruments CBT 4 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
Autoflights CBT 2 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
Communication CBT 1.5 hour Self-study CBT-assessed
8 Review & consultation on a previous
Virtual call 2 hours Supervisor Instructor Avionics test
topic for assessed the progress
Navigation CBT 2 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
Flight Controls CBT 2 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
Flight Controls CBT 2 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
Review & consultation on a previous Aircraft System
Virtual call 2 hours Supervisor Instructor
9 topic for assessed the progress test
UPRT CBT 2 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
PBN CBT 2 hours Self-study CBT-assessed
DAY OFF
DAY OFF

© BAA Training
Page: 2-12
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
2. BREAKDOWN OF TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

A – GROUND PHASE (SKM) DISTANCE LEARNING OR SELF-STUDY (continue)

APT A BAA Training 1 hour Ground Instructor n/a


10 APT B BAA Training 1 hour Ground Instructor n/a
APT C BAA Training 2 hours Ground Instructor n/a
SOP (use of instructor media PDP) BAA Training 4 hours Ground Instructor n/a
11
FMS BAA Training 4 hours Ground Instructor n/a
FMS BAA Training 4 hours Ground Instructor n/a
12
APT1 BAA Training 4 hours Ground Instructor CBTA
APT2 BAA Training 4 hours Ground Instructor CBTA
13 Limitations 3.5 hour
BAA Training Ground Instructor
Limitations test 0.5 hour Limitations test
APT 3 BAA Training 4 hours Ground Instructor CBTA
14 Calculate Fuel &
Performance and Fuel Calculations BAA Training 4 hours Ground Instructor
T/O Data
APT 4 BAA Training 4 hours Ground Instructor CBTA
15 Mass & Balance Calculations 3.5 hour Fill in
BAA Training Ground Instructor
Load & Trim Sheet 0.5 hour Load sheet
DAY OFF
APT 5 BAA Training 4 hours Ground Instructor CBTA
16 Airplane external visual inspection (Video or n/a
BAA Training 2 hours Ground Instructor
virtual 3D)
APT 6 BAA Training 4 hours Ground Instructor CBTA
17 Final Examination BAA Training 2 hours Ground Instructor Final Exam
Course Overview BAA Training 2 hours Ground Instructor n/a
18 APT 7 BAA Training 4 hours Ground Instructor CBTA
19 APT 8 BAA Training 4 hours Ground Instructor CBTA
20 APT 9 BAA Training 4 hours Ground Instructor CBTA
DAY OFF
21 ELT (if applicable) BAA Training 2 hours TRI/SFI

B – HANDLING PHASE

22 FFS or FTD 1 BAA Training 4 hours TRI/SFI


23 FFS 2 BAA Training 4 hours TRI/SFI
24 FFS or FTD 3 BAA Training 4 hours TRI/SFI
25 FFS 4 BAA Training 4 hours TRI/SFI
DAY OFF
26 FFS 5 BAA Training 4 hours TRI/SFI
27 FFS 6 BAA Training 4 hours TRI/SFI
28 FFS 7 BAA Training 4 hours TRI/SFI

C – LOFT PHASE

29 FFS 8 (LOFT) BAA Training 4 hours TRI/SFI

D – SKILL TEST PHASE

30 FFS 9 (Skill test 2hr per pilot) BAA Training 4 hours TRE/SFE

© BAA Training
Page: 3-1
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.1 Ground School Syllabus (Technical & Operational)


Note: The tests regarding the systems are performed at the end of each module and are administered by the CBT
platform. If a trainee does not pass the test, the CBT Platform does not allow to go to the next module.

Type of Duration
Subject
Study (hours)
Day 1
With Ground
Course Introduction 1 hour
Instructor (GI)
Aircraft General
Aircraft Overview
Dimensions and Ground Maneuvering Distances
Flight Deck Layout
Water and Waste System
Exterior, cockpit, cabin and cargo compartment lighting and the emergency
lighting
Doors and Exits
Operation of the cabin and cargo doors, windows and emergency exits
CBT, GI 3 hours
Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitor (ECAM)
Emergency Lighting
Emergency equipment operation and correct application of the following
emergency equipment in the aeroplane: Portable fire extinguisher, first-aid
kits, portable oxygen equipment, emergency ropes, life-jacket, life rafts,
emergency transmitters, crash axes, megaphones, emergency signals
Servicing on ground:
Servicing connections for: fuel; oil; water; hydraulic; oxygen; nitrogen;
conditioned air; electric power; start air; toilet and safety regulations
Oxygen System
Oxygen Systems Introduction
Cabin Oxygen
Crew Oxygen CBT, GI 2 hours
Main components of the oxygen system and their location, oxygen masks and
operation of the oxygen systems for the crew and passengers, required
amount of oxygen
Electrical System
Electrical System Introduction CBT, GI 2 hours
Electrical System Abnormals
Day 2
Electrical System
Electrical System Controls and Operations
Electrical System Emergency Power
Number, power, voltage, frequency and location of the main power system
(AC or DC), auxiliary power system location and external power system
CBT, GI 2 hours
Location of the controls, monitors and indicators in the cockpit
Flight instruments, communication and navigation systems, main and back-up
power sources
Location of vital circuit breakers
Generator operation and monitoring procedures of the electrical power supply

© BAA Training
Page: 3-2
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Hydraulic System
Hydraulic System Introduction-NWS-Green
Hydraulic System Controls and Indicators
Components of the hydraulic system(s), quantities and system pressure,
CBT, GI 4 hours
hydraulically actuated components associated to the respective hydraulic
system
Controls, monitors and indicators in the cockpit, function and interrelation and
interpretation of indications
Landing Gear and Brakes
Landing Gear and Brakes Introduction
Landing Gear Operations
Components of the main landing gear, nose gear, gear steering, wheel brake
system, including anti-skid.
Gear retraction and extension (including changes in trim and drag caused by CBT, GI 1 hour
gear operation)
Required tyre pressure, or location of the relevant placard
Controls and indicators including warning indicators in the cockpit in relation to
the retraction or extension condition of the landing gear and brakes
Components of the emergency extension system
SOP (APT A) GI 1 hour
Day 3
Landing Gear and Brakes
Brakes CBT, GI 2 hours
Nose Wheel Steering - Green
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)
APU Introduction
CBT, GI 3 hours
APU Operations
APU Oil, fuel, fire detection and extinguishing systems, generators
Pneumatic System
Pneumatic System Introduction
Pneumatic System Controls and Indicators
Components of the pneumatic system, pressure source and actuated CBT, GI 2 hours
components
Controls, monitors and indicators in the cockpit and function of the system
Vacuum system
SOP (APT B) GI 1 hour
Day 4
Pneumatic System
CBT, GI 1hr 30 min
Pneumatic System Controls and Indicators
INTERIM TEST GI 30 min
Air Conditioning
Air Conditioning System Introduction, normal operation of the system, air
conditioning airflow and temperature control
Components of the system and protection devices
CBT, GI 2 hours
Cockpit monitors and indicators;
Interpretation about the operational condition
Avionics Ventilation
Air Conditioning Packs

© BAA Training
Page: 3-3
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Pressurization System
Pressurization System Introduction
Pressurization System Controls and Operations during start,
cruise, approach and landing CBT, GI 1 hour
Components of the system and protection devices
Cockpit monitors and indicators
Interpretation about the operational condition
Power Plant
Power Plant Introduction
Engine – Thrust Levers
CBT, GI 2 hours
Engine – FADEC
Engine – Indications
Engine Oil
Day 5
Power Plant
Engine – Fuel
Engine – Ignition
Engine – Thrust Reverser
Engine – Auto start, Manual Start
Engine fire detection and extinguishing systems, generators
CBT, GI 2 hours
Engine controls (including starter), engine instruments and
indications in the cockpit, their function, interrelation and
interpretation
Engine operation, including APU, during engine start, start
and engine malfunctions, procedures for normal operation in
the correct sequence
Fuel System
Fuel System Introduction
Fuel System Controls
Fuel Recirculation – IDG Cooling
Fuel System – Fuel Tanks, fuel pumps, fuel lines to the
engines, tank capacities, valves and measuring, filtering,
CBT, GI 4 hours
heating, venting
Fuel System - Refueling and defueling
Monitors and indicators of the fuel system, quantity and flow
indication, interpretation
Procedures: distribution into the various tanks, fuel supply,
temperature control
SOP (APT C) GI 2 hours
DAY OFF
DAY OFF

© BAA Training
Page: 3-4
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Day 6
Ice and Rain Protection
Ice and Rain Protection Introduction
Ice and Rain Protection Controls Indicators
Ice protected components of the aeroplane including engines, heat sources,
controls and indications CBT, GI 2 hours
Operation of the anti-icing or de-icing system during take-off, climb, cruise and
descent, conditions requiring the use of the protection systems
Controls and indications of the windshield wipers and rain repellent systems
operation
Fire Detection and Protection
Fire Protection Introduction
Engine Fire Protection
APU Fire Protection CBT, GI 4 hours
Cargo Compt. Smoke Detection and Fire Protection
Lavatory Smoke Detection and Fire Protection
Avionics Smoke Detection
Day 7
Instruments
EIS Introduction
ADIRS
EFIS Control Panels
Special requirements for ‘glass cockpit’ aeroplanes with EFIS additional
learning objectives:
General rules of aeroplanes computer hardware and software design
Logic of all crew information and alerting systems and their limitations
Interaction of the different aeroplane computer systems, their
limitations, the possibilities ofcomputer fault recognition and the
actions to be performed on computer failures
Normal procedures including all crew coordination duties
Aeroplane operation with different computer degradations (basic flying).
Primary Flight Display (PFD)
Navigation Display (ND)
Clock
Weather Radar, best practices for optimum use, interpretation of displayed
information
Standby Instruments
Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS)
Radio altimeter
Autoflights
Autoflight System Presentation
Autoflight Flight Director and AP
CBT, GI 2 hours
Flight Control Unit (FCU)
Flight Mode Annunciator (FMA)
Auto Thrust

© BAA Training
Page: 3-5
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Communication
Emergency Evacuation System
Call System
Cockpit Voice Recorder and Flight Data Recorder CBT, GI 1hr 30 min
Interphone and PA Systems
Audio Management
Communication Systems Introduction
AVIONICS TEST GI 30 Min
Day 8
Navigation
Navigation Introduction
Global Positioning System (GPS)
Radio Navigation CBT, GI 2 hours
Predictive Windshear System (PWS)
TCAS
EGPWS
Flight Controls
Flight Controls Introduction
Flight controls and high lift devices: ailerons, elevator, rudder, trim system,
spoilers, Slats and Flaps, stall warning system, take-off configuration warning
system
CBT, GI 4 hours
Flight Controls – Normal Law
Flight Controls Reconfiguration Laws
Flight control system from the cockpit controls to the flight control or surfaces
Controls, monitors and indicators including warning indicators of the flight
controls, interrelation and dependencies
AIRCRAFT SYSTEM TEST GI 1 hour
TEST RESULTS REVIEW GI 1 hour
Day 9
PBN CBT, GI 2 hours
UPRT
Aerodynamics:
General aerodynamic characteristics
Aeroplane certification and limitations
Aerodynamics (high and low altitudes)
Aeroplane performance (high and low altitudes)
AoA and stall awareness
Stick shaker or other stall-warning device activation (as applicable)
Stick pusher (as applicable)
Mach effects (if applicable to the aeroplane type)
Aeroplane stability
Control surface fundamentals
Use of trims
Icing and contamination effects
Propeller slipstream
Causes of and contributing factors to upsets:
Environmental
Pilot-induced

© BAA Training
Page: 3-6
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Mechanical (aeroplane systems)


Safety review of accidents and incidents relating to aeroplane upsets
Safety review of accidents and incidents relating to aeroplane upsets
G-load awareness and management
Positive/negative/increasing/decreasing G-loads
Lateral G awareness (sideslip)
G-load management
Energy management
Kinetic energy vs potential energy vs effect of thrust-drag ratio on the total
energy
Flight path management
Relationship between pitch, power and performance
Performance and effects of differing power plants (if applicable)
Manual and automation inputs for guidance and control
Type-specific characteristics
Management of go-arounds from various stages during the approach
Automation management
Proper use of rudder
Recognition
Type-specific examples of physiological, visual and instrument clues during
developing and developed upsets
Pitch/power/roll/yaw
Effective scanning (effective monitoring)
Type-specific stall protection systems and cues
Criteria for identifying stalls and upsets CBT, GI 2 hours
System malfunction (including immediate handling and subsequent operational
considerations, as applicable)
Flight control defects
Engine failure (partial or full)
Instrument failures
Loss of reliable airspeed
Automation failures
Fly-by-wire (FBW) protection degradations
Stall protection system failures including icing alerting systems

UPSET at high altitude


Flight path management (manual or automatic, as appropriate) during unreliable
airspeed indication and other failures at high altitude in aeroplanes with a maximum
cruising altitude above FL300. The following training elements are integrated into type
rating training courses:
Basic flight physics principles concerning flight at high altitude, with a particular
emphasis on the relative proximity of the critical Mach number and the stall,
reduced aircraft damping, and an understanding of the reduced stall angle of
attack when compared with low altitude flight.
Interaction of the automation (AP, FD, ATHR) and the consequences of failures
inducing disconnection of the automation.
Consequences of an unreliable airspeed indication at high altitudes and the
need for the Flight Crew to promptly identify the failure and react with
appropriate (minimal) control inputs to keep the aircraft in a safe envelope.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-7
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Degradation of FBW flight control laws/modes and its consequence on aircraft


stability and flight envelope protections, including stall warnings.
Practical training, using appropriate simulators, on manual handling at high
altitude in normal and in non-normal flight control laws/modes, with particular
emphasis on pre-stall buffet, the reduced stall angle of attack when compared
with low altitude flight, and the effect of pitch inputs on the aircraft trajectory and
energy state.
The requirement to promptly and accurately apply the stall recovery procedure,
as provided by the aircraft manufacturer, at the first indication of an impending
stall. Differences between high-altitude and low-altitude stalls must be
addressed.
Procedures for taking over and transferring manual control of the aircraft,
especially for FBW aeroplanes with independent sidesticks.
Task sharing and crew coordination in high workload/stress conditions with
appropriate call-out and acknowledgement to confirm changes to the aircraft
flight control law/mode.
SOP (use of instructor PDP) GI 4 hours
Day 10
FMS GI 8 hours
Day 11
SOP (APT 1) TRI /SFI 4 hours
Limitations
General limitations:
Certification of the aeroplane, category of operation, noise certification and maximum and
minimum performance data for all flight profiles, conditions and aircraft systems:
Maximum tail and crosswind-components at take-off and landing
Maximum speeds for flap extension vfo, at various flap settings vfe
For landing gear operation vlo, Mlo, for extended landing gear vle, Mle
For maximum rudder deflection va, Ma
For tyres
Minimum control speed air vmca
Minimum control speed ground vmcg
Stall speed under various conditions vso, vs1
Maximum speed vne, Mne, for normal operation vmo, Mmo
Altitude and temperature limitations
Maximum airport pressure altitude, runway slope CBT, GI 3hr 30 min
Maximum taxi mass, Take-off mass, maximum lift off mass, maximum landing
mass, zero fuel mass
Maximum load factor during operation
Certificated range of centre of gravity
Engine Limitations
Operating data of the engines
Time limits and maximum temperatures
Minimum RPMs and temperatures
Maximum power for take-off and go-around with respect to pressure
altitude/flight altitude and temperature
Minimum and maximum oil temperature and pressure
Maximum starter time and required cooling
Time between two start attempts for engines and auxiliary power unit
Certified oil grades

© BAA Training
Page: 3-8
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Systems Limitations
Operating data of the following systems:
Pressurization, air conditioning maximum pressures
Electrical power supply, maximum load of main power system (AC or DC)
Maximum time of power supply by battery in case of emergency
Mach trim system and yaw damper speed limits
Auto pilot limitations of various modes
Ice protection
Speed and temperature limits of window heat
Temperature limits of engine and wing anti-ice
Fuel system:
Certified fuel specifications
Minimum and maximum fuel pressures and temperature
Limitation Test GI 30 min
DAY OFF
Day 12
SOP (APT 2) TRI /SFI 4 hours
Performance & Fuel Calculation
Performance
Performance calculation concerning speeds, gradients, masses in all conditions for take
off, en route, approach and landing according to the documentation available, e.g. for
take-off V1, Vmbe, Vr, Vlof, V2, take-off distance, maximum take-off mass and the
required stop distance with respect to the following factors:
accelerate / stop distance
take-off run and distance available (TORA, TODA)
ground temperature, pressure altitude, slope, wind
maximum load and maximum mass (e.g. ZFM)
minimum climb gradient after engine failure influence of snow, slush, moisture
and standing water on the runway
possible single and/or dual engine failure during cruise flight
use of anti-icing systems
failure of antiskid system
speeds at reduced thrust, V1, V1red, Vmbe, Vmu, Vr, Vlof, V2 GI 4 hours
safe approach speed Vref, with respect to Vmca and turbulent conditions
effects of excessive approach speed and abnormal glide slope with respect to
the landing distance
minimum climb gradient during approach and landing
limiting values for a go around with minimum fuel
maximum allowable landing mass and the landing distance for the destination
and alternate aerodrome with respect to the following factors: available
landing distance; ground temperature, pressure altitude, runway slope and
wind; fuel consumption to destination or alternate aerodrome; influence of
moisture on the runway, snow, slush and standing water, influence of thrust
reversers and spoilers
Flight planning for normal and abnormal conditions:
Optimum or maximum flight level
Minimum required flight altitude
Drift down procedure after an engine failure during cruise flight

© BAA Training
Page: 3-9
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Power setting of the engines during climb, cruise and holding under various
circumstances, as well as the most economic cruising flight level
Calculation of a short range or long range flight plan;
Optimum and maximum flight level and power setting of the engines after
engine failure
Flight monitoring
Day 13
SOP (APT 3) TRI /SFI 4 hours
Mass & Balance Calculations
Load and trim sheet on the maximum masses for take-off and landing;
Centre of gravity limits; GI 3 hr 30 min
Influence of fuel consumption on the centre of gravity;
Lashing points, load clamping, maximum ground load.
Load and Trim sheet GI 30 min
Day 14
SOP (APT 4) TRI /SFI 4 hours
Airplane external visual inspection (Video or virtual 3D) GI 2 hours
Day 15
SOP (APT 5) GI 4 hours
Final Examination GI 2 hours
Course Overview GI 2 hours
Day 16
SOP (APT 6) TRI /SFI 4 hours
Day 17
SOP (APT 7) TRI /SFI 4 hours
DAY OFF
Day 18
SOP (APT 8) TRI /SFI 4 hours
Day 19
SOP (APT 9) TRI /SFI 4 hours
TOTAL 131 hours

© BAA Training
Page: 3-10
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2 Training in APT


3.2.1 General

The course is conducted using APT or FBS.

Students are taught to perform normal, supplemental and emergency procedures according to FCOM requirements,
AFM requirements.

Subjects include:

Introduction;
Airbus-318/319/320/321 documentation;
Checklist philosophy;
Two pilot operation;
Call-outs;
Flight profiles / speeds;
Navigation settings

The duration of the Cockpit Procedures Training Course is 40 hours.

Cockpit Procedure Training is allocated 9 sessions.

APT sessions A, B and C must be completed as introductory and noted in the classes journal.

APT sessions 1 to 9 must be completed and assessed as prescribed in the session’s form.

Students’ skills and actions are evaluated by how well they are applied in a multi-crew environment.

3.2.2 Preflight Preparation

Instructors provide students with the following information concerning the proposed flight:

Route,
Airports (departure, arrive, alternate);
Actual weather conditions;
Aircraft load, including the number of crew members.

Students must calculate:

Fuel consumption,
TOW,
Balance,
Required speeds,
Trim setting,
Takeoff flap position,
Estimated flight time.

After completing these calculations, students together with the instructor prepare the cockpit for the flight.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-11
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.3 APT Trainer A Cockpit Presentation

3.2.3.1 Session Objective:

To demonstrate the use of the training device.


To present a general view of the cockpit including flight instruments and major aircraft systems controls
and indicating.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-12
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.3.2 APT Trainer A Session Guide

APT Trainer INITIALIZATION:

The instructor completes the APT Trainer set up.


INIT: Gate at Airbus Airport
External power: ON

APU running (APU Bleed ON)

NOTE:

Do not explain Airbus aircraft systems but present the following according to the trainee's aeronautical
background by introducing the Airbus cockpit philosophy.

Remember that, at this stage, the trainee did not study all aircraft systems. The purpose of this session is
not to fly the aircraft but to present the APT Trainer and the Airbus cockpit.

A. TOUCH ZONES

For this demonstration please call the relevant function on the IOS. Demonstrate the use of:

Push buttons and rotary knobs,


FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


Thrust levers,
Engine master switches,
Ground spoilers,
Flaps,
External lights.
Notify the crew that it is not possible to use two touch zones at the same time, on the same screen.

B. COCKPIT PRESENTATION

EIS

PFD: Present information related to speed scale, attitude, altitude and vertical speed, Heading / track and
the basic information displayed on the FMA.
ND: Present the five different displays. Present the permanent data and the various range related to each
display.
ECAM: Present the E/WD and permanent data.
FCU / MCDU:

FCU: Present the different functions of the FCU. Speed: SPD / MACH switching - selector knob. Heading /
track - selector knob - HDG / TRK Pb. Altitude and altitude selector knob. V/S / FPA - selector knob.
EFIS CONTROL PANEL.
MCDU: Present the MCDU box.
Present the different pages with an overview of the content (no system knowledge at this stage).

MCDU MENU ; DATA; INIT A and B; F/PLN; PERF; RAD NAV; PROG; FUEL PRED

© BAA Training
Page: 3-13
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.4 APT Trainer B Systems Presentation

3.2.4.1 Session Objective:

To present a general view of the cockpit including major aircraft systems controls and indications.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-14
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.4.2 APT Trainer B Session Guide

APT Trainer INITIALIZATION:


The instructor completes the APT Trainer set up.
INIT: Gate at Airbus Airport
External power: ON APU running (APU Bleed ON)
NOTE:
Do not explain Airbus aircraft systems but present the following according to the trainee's
aeronautical background by introducing the Airbus cockpit philosophy.
Remember that, at this stage, the trainee did not study all aircraft systems.
The purpose of this session is not to fly the aircraft but to present all the systems panels.

A. OVERHEAD PANEL
During the presentation, explain the "lights out philosophy".
For each overhead panel, call the relevant ECAM system page: present the controls and the associated
display.
Do not waste time to explain the system. Present successively the following panels:
​PRESS
APU
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


AIR COND
ELECTRICAL
FUEL
HYDRAULIC
FIRE (no ECAM page)
F/CTL

B. OTHER CONTROLS
Present the following panels. Do not explain the functionality.
​ACP – RMP
CALL Panel
RCDR Panel
RADAR
ATC
ADIRS
EGPWS
CARGO
VENTILATION

© BAA Training
Page: 3-15
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.5 APT Trainer C Preliminary Cockpit Presentation

3.2.5.1 Session Objective:

To present the Preliminary Cockpit Preparation


To demonstrate APU start and generation of electrical Power on Ground
To introduce the use of Procedure Data Package (PDP)

© BAA Training
Page: 3-16
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.5.2 APT Trainer C Session Guide

APT Trainer INITIALIZATION:


The instructor completes the APT Trainer set up.
INIT: Gate at Airbus Airport
External power: AVAIL APU OFF
The preliminary cockpit preparation ensures that all required safety checks are performed to avoid
inadvertent operation of systems and danger to the aircraft and personnel. Therefore, this procedure is
performed by PM using the QRH (open book). The OEB checks are performed by the crew.
TRAINEE 1:
Demonstrate the Preliminary Cockpit Preparation, using QRH
Demonstrate the Battery check, using FCOM
When APU is started, show the APU Generator priority, the AVAIL light and ECAM display
TRAINEE 2:
Perform: Preliminary Cockpit Preparation
Present the PDP: Use of Procedure Data Package
G
​ eneral philosophy
How to conduct a PDP
Symbology
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


Remind the trainees to prepare the next session with relevant PDPs.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-17
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.6 APT – 1 Session

3.2.6.1 APT – 1 Preparation

Session Objective:

Introduce and practice the preliminary cockpit prep and cockpit preparation.
Study, practice and use of the FMGS through a standard preparation.
Introduce and practice SOPs and task sharing during:
BEFORE START
ENGINE START / AFTER START
TAXI & BEFORE TAKE OFF
AFTER LANDING / PARKING SECURING
Training Topics

A. EXERCISES / REFERENCES

Exercises FCOM QRH FCTM


PRO-NOR-SOP-04
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION PRO-NOR-SOP-06 NP NO.020
PRO-NOR-SRP-01 FMS-10
PRO-NOR-SOP-07
BEFORE START ENG PRO-NOR-SOP-08 NP NO.030
PRO-NOR-SOP-09
PRO-NOR-SOP-10
TAXI & BEFORE TAKE OFF PRO-NOR-SOP-11 NP NO.040
PRO-NOR-SRP-01 FMS-20
PRO-NOR-SOP-21
AFTER LANDING PARKING PRO-NOR-SOP-22 NP NO.180
PRO-NOR-SOP-23
DSC-22_20
IRS ALIGNMENT NIL NIL
PRO-SUP-34

B SUPPORT:

FCOM / QRH
FCTM
PDP:
– COCKPIT PREPARATION

– BEFORE START - ENGINES START - AFTER START

– TAXI - BEFORE TAKE OFF

– AFTER LANDING - PARKING - SECURING AIRCRAFT

SKM: cf Full Flight Crew courses/Standard Course/Daily order

© BAA Training
Page: 3-18
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.6.2 APT Trainer 1 Session Guide

Standard crew: captain is trainee 1 and first officer is trainee 2 throughout the course (from CPT Trainer 1 to FFS 7).

Non-standard crew: instructor determines Trainee 1 and Trainee 2 for first session, and maintains it throughout the course.

Use predetermined data for take-off performance.

Electric external power available.

During open book preparation, the instructor will explain the panel scanning following the Tutorial Mode.

Panel scanning in agreement with the Tutorial Mode Explain the "All white lights" philosophy.

OVERHEAD PANEL CENTER INSTRUMENT PANEL, PEDESTAL SCAN

Do not explain the systems, but emphasize the flow of actions.

FMGS preparation:

Follow the Tutorial Mode.

Do not describe the pages in detail, this will be done all along the ground phase. Explain following items:

DATA Select A/C STATUS


FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


A/C STATUS page Check NAV DATA BASE validity

INIT A Enter the F-PLN via CO

RTE Verify coordinates

Explain IRS alignment with or without GPS using IRS INIT page

Note: Highlight the LAT/LONG check importance before EVERY FLIGHT.

F-PLN Explain the architecture of F-PLN, cross-check with documentation

SEC F-PLN Select COPY ACTIVE, explain architecture

No External power available.

BAT check refer to FCOM PRO-NOR-SOP-042/6

APU Start on BAT

OVERHEAD PANEL, CENTER INSTRUMENT PANEL, PEDESTAL SCAN:

Do not explain the systems, but emphasize the flow of actions

FMGS preparation:

Do not describe the pages in details; this will be done all along the ground phase.

DATA: Select A/C STATUS

A/C STATUS page Check, NAV DATA BASE validity

INIT A Enter the F-PLN

F-PLN Cross-check F-PLN with documentation

SEC F-PLN Select COPY ACTIVE, explain architecture

RAD NAV

INIT Predetermined Data

PERF T/O Predetermined Data

GLARE SHIELD, LATERAL CONSOLES AND CM1 / CM2 PANELS: Do not explain the systems, but emphasize the flow of actions.

No take off briefing at this stage. Explain the brake & Flight control check. Explain the general flow of actions.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-19
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.6.3 APT – 1 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* CALM CAVOK 13/10 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 62.5 t
QNH1013 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 7.5 t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF ZFW 55 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 30.4 %

CFM IAE
V1 141 TOGA - V1 141 TOGA -
VR 141 FLEX 62 VR 141 FLEX 69
V2 146 FLAPS 2 V2 145 FLAPS 2
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 1 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP

FD

Comment
Training Events

INIT GATE EBBR 217L


1 SAFETY EXTERIOR INSPECTION
2 COCKPIT PREPARATION
3 1:40BEFORE START / ENG START / AFTER START
2:00BREAK

Trainee No. 2 as PF
INIT COCKPIT PREP EBBR 25L
4 2:10COCKPIT PREPARATION
5 3:00BEFORE START / ENG START / AFTER START
6 3:15TAXI & BEFORE TAKE OFF
INIT AFTER LANDING
7 3:40AFTER LANDING / PARKING / SECURING AIRCRAFT
4:00 END

© BAA Training
Page: 3-20
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-21
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.6.4 APT – 1 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No APT – 1
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 2
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
2
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


0 N/O N/O
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 1
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
1
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


1
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 1


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
presented to the trainee and validated in Trainee
presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 3-22
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-23
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.7 APT – 2 Session

3.2.7.1 APT – 2 Preparation

Session Objective:

Introduce and practice SOPs and task sharing during: TAKE OFF. CLIMB and CRUISE.

Training Topics

A.Exercises / References

Exercises FCOM QRH FCTM


PRO-NOR-SOP-12
TAKE OFF / AFTER TAKE OFF PRO-NOR-SOP-13 NP NO.050
PRO-NOR-SRP-01 FMS-30
AUTO THRUST LOGIC DSC-22_30 OP.030
PRO-NOR-SOP-14
CLIMB NP NO.060
PRO-NOR-SRP-01 FMS-40
PRO-NOR-SOP-15
CRUISE NP NO.070
PRO-NOR-SRP-01 FMS-50

B.Support:

FCOM / QRH
FCTM
PDP:
TAKE OFF
CLIMB
CRUISE
FMS TRAINER:
FMGS intialization/Data insertion
SKM: cf Full Flight Crew courses/Standard Course/Daily order

© BAA Training
Page: 3-24
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.7.2 APT Trainer 2 Session Guide

Use predetermined data for take-off performance

Perform the TAKEOFF briefing

Start climb tutorial when AFTER TAKE OFF C/L is completed

Perform the TAKEOFF briefing

Demonstrate entry of preselected speed on climb perf page

– New CRZ FL 120

– FMGS PERF pages

Insert a preset speed of 300 kt in cruise CLB CRZ PROG page


FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


FMGS DIR TO page (explain the 4 functions) FIX INFO F-PLN page B

AUTOTHRUST

N1 (or EPR) rating limits on EWD (computed by FADEC and depending on the TLA). Disconnection / reengagement
with associated FMA / ECAM

© BAA Training
Page: 3-25
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.7.3 APT – 2 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* CALM 5000 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 64 t
OVC012 10/05 QNH1018 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 9t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF ZFW 55 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 30.4 %

CFM IAE
V1 142 TOGA - V1 142 TOGA -
VR 142 FLEX 60 VR 142 FLEX 66
V2 145 FLAPS 2 V2 146 FLAPS 2
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 2 as PF Comments


ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

Training Events

INIT GATE EBBR


1 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
2 BEFORE START / ENG START / AFTER START
3 TAXI & BEFORE T/O
4 0:50 TAKE OFF - PACKS ON
INIT TAKE OFF
5 1:10 TAKE OFF - PACKS ON
6 1:20 APPROACHING FL 60 : CLIMB
7 1:45 APPROACHING FL 230 : CRUISE
2:00 BREAK

Trainee No. 1 as PF
INIT COCKPIT PREP EBBR 25L
8 2:15 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
9 2:45 BEFORE START / ENG START / AFTER START
10 2:55 TAXI & BEFORE T/O
11 3:05 TAKE OFF – PACKS ON
INIT TAKE OFF
12 3:10 TAKE OFF - PACKS ON
13 3:20 CLIMB / FMGS
14 3:30 CRUISE / FMGS
15 3:55 ATHR LOGIC
4:00 END

© BAA Training
Page: 3-26
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-27
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.7.4 APT – 2 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No APT – 2
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 2
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
2
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


0 N/O N/O
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 1
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
1
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


1
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 1


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
presented to the trainee and validated in Trainee
presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 3-28
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-29
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.8 APT – 3 Session

3.2.8.1 APT – 3 Preparation

Session Objective:

To introduce and practice Take off Performance Computation


Introduce and practice SOP’s and task sharing during:
DESCENT
APPROACH USING LOC-G/S GUIDANCE
REVERSION
OSD TASE – Knowledge and skills related to MFD / FCU use
OSD TASE – Recognition of mode awareness and transition modes through the FMA
OSD TASE – CRM issue linked to automation (task sharing and crosschecks)

Training Topics

A.Exercises / References

Exercises FCOM QRH FCTM


PRO-NOR-SOP-16
DESCENT PREPARATION PRO-NOR-SOP-17 NP NO.080
PRO-NOR-SRP-01 FMS-60
PRO-NOR-SOP-18
APPROACH USING LOC-G/S GUIDANCE NP NO.110
PRO-NOR-SRP-01 FMS-70
LANDING PRO-NOR-SOP-19 NP NO.16
REVERSION DSC-22_30 OP.03

B. Support:

FCOM / QRH.
FCTM
PDP:
DESCENT / ILS APPROACH
FMS TRAINER:
FMGS initialization/ insertion
Take off
Revise DIRECT TO function
SKM: cf Full Flight Crew courses/Standard Course/Daily order

© BAA Training
Page: 3-30
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.8.2 APT Trainer 3 Session Guide

Check T/O performance computation

FMGS NAVAID / STORED NAVAID

SEC F-FPLN COPY ACTIVE

NEW DESTINATION for IMMEDIATE RETURN PREPARATION

Explain Take Off “Packs Off” procedure

FMGS Pseudo waypoint definition Prediction displayed on the MCDU Constraint symbols

New cruise level 190 then DESCENT tutorial

Decelerated approach. Radar Vectors

PF has to be in HDG or TRK with ROSE ILS before interception of ILS

Use DIR TO FLO VOR

New cruise FL 70
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


Request V/S selection + 6000 ft / min, when reaching VLS observe REVERSION, then DIR TO FLO VOR

Use DIR TO FLO VOR

New cruise FL 70

© BAA Training
Page: 3-31
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.8.3 APT – 3 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* CALM 5000 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 64 t
OVC006 05/00 QNH1020 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 8t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF ZFW 58 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 30.4 %

CFM IAE
V1 142 TOGA - V1 142 TOGA -
VR 142 FLEX 60 VR 142 FLEX 67
V2 145 FLAPS 2 V2 146 FLAPS 2
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 1 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

Comments
Events

INIT TAKE OFF


1 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
2 BEFORE START / ENG START / AFTER START
3 TAXI & BEFORE T/O
4 0:40 TAKE OFF – PACKS OFF
5 1:00 CLIMB
6 1:05 CRUISE
7 1:05 DESCENT
8 1:20 ILS RWY25L AUTOLAND
INIT TAKE OFF
9 1:40 TAKE OFF – PACKS ON
10 CLIMB FL60 – CROUSE
11 DESCENT
12 2:05 ILS 25L AUTOLAND
2:10 BREAK

Trainee No. 2 as PF
13 2:20 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
14 2:45 BEFORE START / ENG START / AFTER START
15 2:55 TAXI & BEFORE TAKE OFF
16 3:00 TAKE OFF – PACKS OFF
17 CLIMB – REVERSION
18 CRUISE
19 DESCENT
20 3:10 ILS 25L AUTOLAND
INIT TAKE OFF
21 3:25 TAKE OFF PACKS ON
22 CLIMB – CROUSE
23 DESCENT
24 3:50 ILS 25L AUTOLAND
4:00 END

© BAA Training
Page: 3-32
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.8.4 APT – 3 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No APT – 3
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 2
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
2
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


0 N/O N/O
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 1
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
1
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


1
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 1


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
presented to the trainee and validated in Trainee
presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 3-33
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-34
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.9 APT – 4 Session

3.2.9.1 APT – 4 Preparation

Session Objective:

Ground speed mini function


Introduce and practice SOPs and task sharing during:
MMEL USE
APPROACH USING TRK-FPA GUIDANCE
MANUAL ENGINE START, CROSSBLEED ENGINE START
GO AROUND
HOLDING

Training Topics

A. Exercises / References

Exercises FCOM QRH FCTM


PRO-NOR-SOP-18
APPROACH USING TRK-FPA GUIDANCE NP NO. 120
PRO-NOR-SRP-01 FMS-70
MMEL NO. 020
MANUAL ENGINE START PRO-SUP-70 NO. 030
CROSSBLEED ENGINE START PRO-SUP-70
GROUND SPEED MINI DSC-22_30 NO. 100
DSC-22_20-50-20-30 PRO-
HOLDING NO. 090
NOR-SRP-01 FMS-60
PRO-NOR-SOP-20 PRO-NOR-
GO AROUND NP NO. 170
SRP-01 FMS-80

B.Support:

FCOM / QRH
FCTM
FMS Trainer:
FMGS initialization/data insertion
SEC F-PLN: insert new destination
Take off
Revise FIX INFO function
ILS approach
PDP:
GROUND SPEED MINI
MMEL / MEL USE
LOC/VOR/NDB USING TRK-FPA
GO AROUND
SKM: cf Full Flight Crew courses/Standard Course/Daily order

© BAA Training
Page: 3-35
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.9.2 APT Trainer 4 Session Guide

FMGS

POSITION MONITOR: demonstrate how to deselect NAVAIDS and GPS


PROG page: observe Predictive GPS and demonstrate how to deselect Satellites.
ESTIMATED TAKE OFF TIME (ETT)
SPEED CONSTRAINT in CLB, in CRZ

Manual engine start performed with FCOM

Decelerated approach. Radar vectors - DIR TO BRU IN.

APU failed AFTER ENG 2 START and GEN 2 available. Crossbleed engine start performed with FCOM.

Decelerated approach. Radar vectors - DIR TO FLO IN.

When reaching 1000 ft, freeze and use GO AROUND Tutorial.

When ready, unfreeze and perform GO


FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

© BAA Training
Page: 3-36
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.9.3 APT – 4 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* 245/10 3000 OVC005 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 60 t
3/1 QNH1016 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 8t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 52 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 30 %

CFM IAE
V1 136 TOGA YES V1 137 TOGA YES
VR 136 FLEX - VR 137 FLEX -
V2 141 FLAPS 2 V2 142 FLAPS 2
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 2 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

Comments
Training Events

INIT COCKPIT PREP EBBR 25L


1 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
2 0:20 BEFORE START / MANUAL ENG START
3 TAXI BEFORE TAKE OFF
4 0:50 TAKE OFF
5 CLIMB
6 DESCENT
7 1:15 ILS RW25L – AUTOLAND
INIT ILS APPROACH – WIND 250/20
8 1:25 GROUND SPEED MINI
9 EARLY STABILIZED ILS RWY 25L
10 AUTOLAND
11 1:35 GO AROUND – FREEZE
1:45 BREAK

Trainee No. 1 as PF
INIT COCKPIT PREP – EBBR 25L
12 1:55 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
13 BEFORE START / CROSS BLEED ENG START
14 TAXI BEFORE TAKE OFF
15 TAKE OFF
16 2:30 CLIMB
17 DESCENT
18 3:00 ILS RW 25L – AUTOLAND
INIT APPROACH
19 3:10 VOR DME RW 25L USING TRK-FPA
20 GO AROUND / HOLD FLO
4:00 END

© BAA Training
Page: 3-37
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.9.4 APT – 4 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No APT – 4
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 2 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


0 N/O N/O
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 2 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
2 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


2 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 2 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 3-38
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-39
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.10 APT – 5 Session

3.2.10.1 APT – 5 Preparation

Session Objective:

Introduce and practice SOPs and task sharing during:


APPROACH USING FINAL APP (RNP)
DIVERSION
Perform landing performance confirmation without failure
Introduce and practice TCAS exercises

Training Topics

A.Exercises / References

EXERCISES FCOM QRH FCTM


PRO-NOR-SRP-01 FMS-60
DIVERSION NO. 170
PRO-NOR-SRP-01 FMS-80
FPE-IFL-MAT
NO. 080
IN FLIGHT LANDING PERFORMANCE FPE-IFL-VAP
SI. 090
FPE-IFL-LD
PRO-NOR- SOP-18
APPROACH USING FINAL APP GUIDANCE NP NO. 120
PRO-NOR-SRP-01 FMS-70

B.Support:

FCOM / QRH
FCTM
PERFORMANCE COURSE
APPROACH AND LANDING WITHOUT FAILURE
PDP:
VOR / NDB using FINAL APP
TCAS (with AP/FD)
FM TRAINER :
FMGS initialization/data insertion
Save as lesson plan before takeoff for next session
Take off
VOR approach using TRK-FPA
Go around
SKM: cf Full Flight Crew courses/Standard Course/Daily order

© BAA Training
Page: 3-40
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.10.2 APT Trainer 5 Session Guide

Airborne icing conditions for take off and performance computation

ATC reports: “Braking action is now GOOD TO MEDIUM”

Refer to QRH (In Flight Performance: FPE-IFL-MAT, FPE-IFL-VAP and FPE-IFL-LD) for landing performance
confirmation.

Make sure that the trainees have revised and understood the performance modules: APPROACH and LANDING.

GNSS APPROACH runway 24 (GPS 24) for demonstration wind 270/10. DIR to BENET and hold.

Study of RNAV PDP.

After go around, freeze and demonstrate diversion using Enable ALTN.

All NPA will be based on TRK-FPA guidance. In APT Trainer, FTD and FFS, NPA using FINAL APP will be shown
once for demo, depending on the FFS Certification PBN/RNAV/NPA Fully Managed Approved as per National CAA.
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

© BAA Training
Page: 3-41
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.10.3 APT – 5 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* 245/10 5000 OVC006 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 65 t
13/10 QNH1013 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 8.5 t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 56.5 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 30 %

CFM IAE
V1 141 TOGA YES V1 142 TOGA YES
VR 141 FLEX - VR 142 FLEX -
V2 145 FLAPS 2 V2 147 FLAPS 2
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 1 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

Comments
Training Events

INIT COCKPIT PREP EBBR 25L


1 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
2 BEFORE START / ENG START / AFTER START
3 TAXI & BEFORE T/O
4 0:40 TAKE OFF
5 CLIMB
6 HOLD FLO
7 0:50 LOC G/S OUT RW25L
8 1:10 GO AROUND – HOLD FLO
9 1:20 RNAV (GNSS) RW25L
10 GO AROUND
11 VOR DME RW25L USING FINAL APP
12 2:10 AT MDA FREEZE
2:10 BREAK

Trainee No. 2 as PF
INIT TAKE OFF
13 2:55 TAKE OFF
14 3:05 CLIMB
15 3:10 VOR DME RW 25L USING FINAL APP
16 3:15 GO AROUND
17 3:25 RADAR VECTOR / TCAS EVENT
18 3:30 LOC G/S OUT RW25L
19 3:40 LANDING RW25L
20 AFTER LANDING (PARKING)
21 3:45 SECURING AIRCRAFT
4:00 END

© BAA Training
Page: 3-42
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.10.4 APT – 5 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No APT – 5
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 2 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


0 N/O N/O
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 2 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
0 N/O N/O
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 2 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
presented to the trainee and validated in Trainee
presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 3-43
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-44
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.11 APT – 6 Session

3.2.11.1 APT – 6 Preparation

Session Objective:

To introduce and practice ECAM management to carry out ECAM procedures, crew coordination and task
sharing according to SOP
Perform landing performance computation with failure
To introduce
The ENGINE START FAULT and SLATS / FLAPS FAULT
The SMOKE PROCEDURE
OSD TASE – Knowledge of appropriate use of ECAM in conjunction with system failures
OSD TASE – Crew discipline for ECAM actions: respect of the depicted procedure, crosscheck of
irreversible actions, aircraft status analysis
Training Topics

A.Exercises / References:

EXERCISES FCOM QRH FCTM


ECAM ADVISORY PRO-ABN-80 ABN-80.13
ECAM ARCHITECTURE DESCRIPTION DSC-31-10
RECONFIGURATION
ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY INTRODUCTION PRO-ABN-01 GEN
OP.040
IN FLIGHT LANDING PERFORMANCE FPE-IFL-MAT NO.080
FPE-IFL-VAF SI.090
FPE-IFL-XX
ENG START FAULT PRO-ABN-70
FLAPS / SLATS FAULT PRO-ABN-27 ABN-27.01 AO.027
SMOKE PRO-ABN-26 ABN-26.01 AO.026
ABN-26.02
MANUAL START OPERATION PRO-SUP-70
B Support:

FCOM / QRH.
FCTM
FMS Trainer:
Load FMST at takeoff using lesson plan saved during the previous session
Take off
VOR approach using FINAL APP
Go around
PERFORMANCE COURSE
APPROACH AND LANDING WITH FAILURE
FUEL PENALTY FACTOR MODULE
PDP - ECAM MANAGEMENT
FLAPS LOCKED DURING RETRACTION
ENGINE START FAULT
SLATS FAULT DURING EXTENSION
SMOKE
SKM: cf Full Flight Crew courses/Standard Course/Daily order

© BAA Training
Page: 3-45
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.11.2 APT Trainer 6 Session Guide

Trainee must enter the FROM / TO on the INIT page and fill the remainder with the flight plan with SID SPI 3D. At
this stage trainees must know how to build a flight plan. In SEC FPLN prepare runway 25L for take off.
During ECAM MANAGEMENT PDP, make sure that the trainees have revised and understood the Performance
modules: APPROACH and LANDING and FUEL PENALTY FACTOR. Take a short example and comment if
necessary.
Select oxygen low pressure (ATA 35) to trigger the advisory. Use QRH. Restore after explanations.
Use this example to perform ECAM actions and situation assessment.
Insert FLAPS LOCKED before retraction. Freeze at 500ft AGL on final approach.
Instructor takes control and demonstrates:
With AP still engaged and reaching MDA(H) – 50ft, the message “DISCONNECT AP FOR LANDING” appears on
the FMA.
Freeze.
Restore after ECAM Action completed.
Use of tutorial to explain SLATS FAULT but do not perform exercise.
Study SMOKE PDP and QRH. Instructor shall brief the SMOKE QRH checklist highlighting the construction
methodology.
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

© BAA Training
Page: 3-46
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.11.3 APT – 6 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L/R 6/6/6* 250/20 CAVOK FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 65 t
13/10 QNH1013 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 10 t
NOTES: RWY - DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 55 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 30,4 %

CFM IAE
V1 141 TOGA YES V1 143 TOGA YES
VR 141 FLEX - VR 143 FLEX -
V2 146 FLAPS 2 V2 148 FLAPS 2
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 2 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

Comments
Training Events

INIT COCKPIT PREP – EBBR


1 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
2 0:15 BEFORE START
3 ENG START / ENG 2 START FAULT – HOT START
4 ENG 2 MANUAL START / AFTER START
5 0:25 TAXI / BEFORE TAKE OFF
6 0:45 TAKE OFF
7 0:50 CLIMB
8 0:55 CRUISE FL130
9 1:00 ECAM ADVISORY
10 1:10 ECAM MANAGEMENT
11 1:25 CAB PRESS SYS 1 FAULT
12 CAB PRESS SYS 1+2 FAULT
13 ENG FIRE – RESTORE
14 1:50 DMC 1 FAULT
INIT TAKE OFF
15 2:05 FLAPS LOCKED
16 2:20 TAKE OFF
17 FLAPS LOCKED AT RETRACTION
18 VOR DME RW25L USING TRK – FPA
19 DOWN TO MDA (DEMO)
2:40 BREAK

© BAA Training
Page: 3-47
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

TRK-FPA
Trainee No. 1 as PF

ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD
Comments
Training Events

INIT TAKE OFF


20 2:50 FMGS PREPARATION
21 3:05 TAKE OFF
22 3:10 CLIMB FL130
23 3:15 HYD Y RSVR OVERHEAT – RESTORE
24 3:25 DESCENT
25 3:30 SLATS FAULT IN APP – RESTORE
26 3:40 ILS RW 25L AUTOLAND
INIT FL 350
27 TCAS
28 3:45 SMOKE – DIVERT EBBR
4:00 END

© BAA Training
Page: 3-48
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-49
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.11.4 APT – 6 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No APT – 6
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


0 N/O N/O
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 2 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
0 N/O N/O
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 2 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 3-50
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-51
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.12 APT – 7 Session

3.2.12.1 APT – 7 Preparation

Session Objective:

Study DUAL HYDRAULIC FAILURE with use of summary


Study EMERGENCY DESCENT
Study EMER ELEC CONFIGURATION with use of summary
Study FUEL LEAK
Carry out ECAM procedures, crew coordination and task sharing with respect to SOPs

Training Topics:

A.Exercises / References:

EXERCISES FCOM QRH FCTM


EMERGENCY DESCENT PRO-ABN-80 ABN-80.05 AO.090
EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL CONFIGURATION PRO-ABN-24 ABN-24.01 AO.024
F/CTL ALT LAW DIRECT LAW PRO-ABN-27 OP.020
HYD G + B SYS LO PR SUMMARY PRO-ABN-29 ABN-29.02 AO.029
FUEL IMBALANCE PRO-ABN-28 ABN-28.01 AO.028
MANUAL START VALVE OPERATION PRO-SUP-70
FUEL LEAK PRO-ABN-28 ABN-28.02

B.Support:

FCOM / QRH
FCTM
FMS Trainer:
Load FMST at takeoff using lesson plan saved
Take off
VOR approach using FINAL APP
Go around
VOR approach using TRK-FPA
PDP:
Dual hydraulic failure (G+B)
Emergency descent - EIS failures switching
Electrical emergency configuration
Fuel leak
SKM: cf Full Flight Crew courses/Standard Course/Daily order

© BAA Training
Page: 3-52
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.12.2 APT Trainer 7 Session Guide

Freeze and study PDP

Study Emergency Descent PDP

After completion of Emergency Descent PDP:

Insert AIR RIGHT WING BLEED LEAK


Perform ECAM actions
Insert PACK 1 OVERHEAT
Due to the loss of both PACKS, an emergency descent should be initiated.

Manual start valve operation.

Insert the failures according the PDP and check QRH procedures.

Restore after each failure case. No ECAM ACTIONS.

Freeze and study PDP

Insert a STRUCTURE DAMAGE (window blow out). An emergency descent should be initiated.
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


When reaching FL100, FUEL LEAK PDP.

Remove 1,5 T in left inner tank to trigger the failure.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-53
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.12.3 APT – 7 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* 250/20 CAVOK 13/10 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 63 t
QNH1013 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 5t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 58 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 30,4 %

CFM IAE
V1 139 TOGA YES V1 140 TOGA YES
VR 139 FLEX - VR 140 FLEX -
V2 144 FLAPS 2 V2 145 FLAPS 2
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 1 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.

AP
FD

Comments
Training Events

INIT COCKPIT PREP – EBBR 25L


1 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
2 0:20 BEFORE START/ENG START/AFTER START
3 0:30 TAXI / BEFORE TAKE OFF
4 0:40 TAKE OFF
5 0:45 CLIMB
6 0:50 CRUISE
7 0:55 DUAL HYDRAULIC FAILURE G+B (DEMO)
INIT FL 350
TCAS DURING CLIMB OR DESCEND (Perform TA. RA – only
8
explanation)
9 1:15 EMERGENCY DESCENT PDP
10 1:20 AIR RIGHT WING BLEED LEAK
11 PACK 1 OVERHEAT
12 1:25 EMERGENCY DESCENT NO DAMAGE
13 VOR DME EBBR 07L USING FINAL APP
14 1:50 GO AROUND
2:00 BREAK

© BAA Training
Page: 3-54
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

TRK-FPA
Trainee No. 2 as PF

ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD
Comments
Training Events

INIT TAKE OFF EBBR 25L


15 2:00 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
16 2:15 START VALVE FAIL TO OPEN
17 2:25 ENG START
18 2:45 TAKE OFF
19 2:50 CLIMB
20 2:55 EIS FAILURE SWITCHING
21 3:05 AC BUS 1 FAULT
22 IDG2 OVHT
23 3:10 EMERG ELEC CONFIG (DEMO)
INIT FL 350
24 3:30 EMERG DESCENT DAMAGE
25 3:35 FUEL LEAK
26 3:45 VOR DME RW 25L USING TRK – FPA
27 3:55 GO AROUND FREEZE
4:00 END

© BAA Training
Page: 3-55
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-56
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.12.4 APT – 7 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No APT – 7
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


0 N/O N/O
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
presented to the trainee and validated in Trainee
presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 3-57
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-58
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.13 APT – 8 Session

3.2.13.1 APT – 8 Preparation

Session Objective:

Study ENG failure and ENG RELIGHT IN FLIGHT procedure


Study DUALl FMGS FAILURE
Study OVERWEIGHT LANDING procedure
Carry out ECAM procedures, crew coordination and task sharing with respect to SOPs

Training Topics

A.Exercises / References:

EXERCISES FCOM QRH FCTM


ENGINE FAILURE PRO-ABN-80.10-80.70 ABN-70 AO.020
ENGINE RELIGHT (IN FLIGHT) PRO-ABN-70 ABN-70
DUAL FMGS FAILURE DSC-22/PRO-SUP-22 ABN-80.20 AO.022
OVERWEIGHT LANDING ABN-80.06
LANDING WITH ABNORMAL L/G ABN-32.04
ENGINE FAILURE IN CRUISE PER-OEI-GEN FPE-OEI

B.Support:

FCOM / QRH.
FCTM
FMS Trainer: Free play for reinforcement
PDP:
Engine failure after take off
Engine failure in cruise - Standard strategy
Engine failure in cruise - Obstacle strategy
Dual FMGC failure
SKM: cf Full Flight Crew courses/Standard Course/Daily order

© BAA Training
Page: 3-59
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.13.2 APT Trainer 8 Session Guide

Move the flap lever to 0, then press the T/O config test P/B and observe T/O CONFIG warning is triggered.

Read and comment PDP then practice.

Cancel the failure to obtain a successful landing gear recycle.

Read and comment PDP, then practice.

Read and comment PDP then practice.

Restore engine.
Insert SDAC 1+2 fault, point out the loss of cautions. Some system pages information are available
Review all system pages
Insert ELEC GEN 1 FAULT
Notice no warning but Fault light is available (Scan overhead panel)
Restore.
Point out there are no warnings, no indications
Insert ENG 1 FIRE
Explain that aircraft systems monitoring and malfunction detection is performed by the crew using the
overhead panel.
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


Restore.

Read and comment PDP then practice

© BAA Training
Page: 3-60
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.13.3 APT – 8 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* 230/10 CAVOK 20/15 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 67 t
QNH1013 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 9t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 58 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 32,4 %

CFM IAE
V1 142 TOGA YES V1 TOGA YES
VR 142 FLEX - VR FLEX -
V2 146 FLAPS 2 V2 FLAPS 2
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 2 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP

FD

Comments
Training Events

INIT COCKPIT PREPARATION


1 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
2 BEFORE START/ENG START/AFTER START
3 TAXI / BEFORE TAKE OFF
4 0:30 ENG FAILURE AFTER T/O NO DAMAGE
5 0:45 ENG RELIGHT
6 0:55 HOLD FLO
7 1:00 ENG 1 FIRE
8 1:05 APPROACH PREP – OVERWEIGHT LANDING
9 1:15 EARLY STABILIZED ILS RW 25L
10 1:20 LDG NOT DOWNLOCKED
11 1:25 ONE ENG OUT – GO AROUND FREEZE
INIT FL 350
12 1:30 ENG FAILURE IN CRUISE (STANDARD STRATEGY)
1:50 BREAK

Trainee No. 1 as PF
INIT TAKE OFF
13 2:00 ENG FAILURE AFTER T/O WITH DAMAGE
14 ILS RW 25L AUTOLAND – OVERWEIGHT LANDING
INIT FL 350
15 2:20 ENG FAILURE IN CRUISE (OBSTACLE STRATEGY)
16 FWC 1+2 FAULT
17 DUAL FMGS FAILURE
18 3:20 DESCENT
19 ILS RW 25L AUTOLAND
20 3:45 AFTER LANDING
4:00 END

© BAA Training
Page: 3-61
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.13.4 APT – 8 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No APT – 8
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


0 N/O N/O
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 3-62
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-63
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.14 APT – 9 Session

3.2.14.1 APT – 9 Preparation

Session Objective:

Check trainee's ability to carry out normal and abnormal operations according to standard requirements.
Carry out ECAM procedures, crew coordination and task sharing with respect to SOPs.

Training Topics

A. Exercises / References:

Normal and abnormal SOPs

B.Support:

FCOM / QRH.
FCTM
FMS Trainer: Free play for revision
SKM: cf Full Flight Crew courses/Standard Course/Daily order

© BAA Training
Page: 3-64
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.14.2 APT Trainer 9 Session Guide

Do not use CO-ROUTE, enter all waypoints.

Extinguishable fire.

APU fault after engine 2 start, and GEN 2 available, perform a crossbleed start.
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

© BAA Training
Page: 3-65
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.14.3 APT – 9 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* 230/10 2000 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 64t
OVC005 3/1 QNH1015 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 8t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 58 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 32 %

CFM IAE
V1 141 TOGA YES V1 142 TOGA YES
VR 141 FLEX - VR 142 FLEX -
V2 145 FLAPS 2 V2 147 FLAPS 2
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 1 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

Comments
Training Events

INIT TAKE OFF


1 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
2 BEFORE START/ENG START/AFTER START
3 TAXI BEFORE TAKE OFF
4 0:40 TAKE OFF – PACK ON
5 CLIMB
6 ENG FIRE IN CRUISE
7 VOR DME RW 25L USING TRK-FPA – ONE ENG OUT
8 1:15 GO AROUND – ONE ENG OUT
9 ILS RW 25L – ONE ENG OUT
10 1:35 AUTOLAND – ONE ENG OUT
11 AFTER LANDING
INIT FL 350
12 TCAS IN CRUISE
13 EXESSIVE CAB ALT
14 EMER DESCENT
15 1:50 FREEZE FL 100
1:50 BREAK

© BAA Training
Page: 3-66
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

TRK-FPA
Trainee No. 2 as PF

ATHR

Time
No.

AP

FD
Comments
Training Events

INIT TAKE OFF – EBBR 25L


16 2:00 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
17 APU AUTO SHUT DOWN – MMEL
18 X BLEED ENG START
19 2:50 TAKE OFF – PACKS ON
20 CLIMB – CRUISE
21 TCAS
22 DESCENT
23 3:30 VOR RW 25R USING FINAL APP
24 GO AROUND ONE ENG OUT
25 RADAR VECTOR
26 LOC RW 25R – ONE ENG OUT
27 3:40 GO AROUND ONE ENG OUT
28 RADAR VECTOR
29 ILS RW 25R – AUTOLAND – ONE ENG OUT
30 3:55 AFTER LANDING / PARKING / SECURING A/C
4:00 END

© BAA Training
Page: 3-67
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.14.4 APT – 9 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No APT – 9
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


0 N/O N/O
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 2 x


Comments – free text (performance as PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
exercises for this session are either completed or
Ready for the next phase: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 3-68
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-69
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.15 APT Remedial Training Session

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6/* 230/10 3000 OVC006 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 64 t
20/15 Q1013 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 8t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 58 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE - OFF ZFWCG 32 %

CFM IAE
V1 139 TOGA YES V1 140 TOGA YES
VR 139 FLEX - VR 140 FLEX -
V2 143 FLAPS 2 V2 145 FLAPS 2
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. __ as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

Comments
Training Events

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Trainee No. __ as PF
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

© BAA Training
Page: 3-70
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 3-71
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

3.2.15.1 APT Remedial training CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name & Remedial


Trainee No Session No
Surname APT – ____
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs
A/C or FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


0 N/O N/O
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
exercises for this session are either completed or
Ready for the next phase: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
presented to the trainee and validated in Trainee
presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 3-72
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
3. GROUND PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 4-1
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

4.1 MCC Theoretical Training


This course contains all necessary theoretical knowledge, procedures and cockpit mutual work trainings. Duration of
MCC theoretical knowledge training is 25 hrs.

Competency is a combination of knowledge, skills and attitudes required to perform a task to the prescribed
standard.

The objectives of MCC training are to develop the technical and non-technical components of the knowledge, skills
and attitudes required to operate a multi crew aircraft.

Competency/ Objective Duration


Knowledge
Performance indicators (hours)
Day 1
Introduction course
Communication
Know what, how much and who to communicate to;
Ensure the recipient is ready and able to receive the
information;
Pass messages and information clearly, accurately, timely and Human Factors, TEM and
adequately; CRM;
3 hours
Check if the other person has the correct understanding when
passing important information; Application of TEM and CRM
Listen actively, patiently and demonstrate understanding when principles to training
receiving information;
Ask relevant and effective questions, and offer suggestions;
Use appropriate body language, eye contact and tone;
Open and receptive to other people’s view.
Leadership and team working
Friendly, enthusiastic, motivating and considerate of others;
Use initiative, give direction and take responsibility when
required;
Open and honest about thoughts, concerns and intentions;
-
Give and receive criticism and praise well, and admit
mistakes;
Confidently do and say what is important to him or her;
Demonstrate respect and tolerance towards other people;
Involve others in planning and share activities fairly.
3 hours
Situation awareness
Aware of what the aircraft and its systems are doing;
Aware of where the aircraft is and its environment;
Keep track of time and fuel;
Aware of the condition of people involved in the operation
-
including passengers;
Recognize what is likely to happen, plan and stay ahead of the
game;
Develop what-if scenarios and make pre-decisions;
Identify threats to the safety of the aircraft and of the people.

© BAA Training
Page: 4-2
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Competency/ Objective Duration


Knowledge
Performance indicators (hours)
Day 2
Workload management
Calm, relaxed, careful and not impulsive;
Prepare, prioritize and schedule tasks effectively;
Use time efficiently when carrying out tasks;
Offer and accept assistance, delegate when necessary and ask
for help early; -
Review and monitor and cross-check actions conscientiously;
Follow procedures appropriately and consistently;
Concentrate on one thing at a time, ensure tasks are completed
and does not become distracted;
Carry out instructions as directed.
3 hours
Problem-solving and decision-making
Identify and verify why things have gone wrong and do not jump
to conclusions or make assumptions;
Seek accurate and adequate information from appropriate
resources;
Persevere in working through a problem;
-
Use and agree an appropriate decision-making process;
Agree essential and desirable criteria and prioritizes;
Consider as many options as practicable;
Make decisions when they need to, reviews and changes if
required;
Consider risks but do not take unnecessary risks.
Monitoring and cross-checking
Monitor and cross-checks all actions; SOPs;
Monitor aircraft trajectory in critical flight phases; Aircraft systems;
Take appropriate actions in response to deviations from the Undesired aircraft states
3 hours
flight path.
Task sharing
PF and PM roles;
Apply SOPs in both PF and pilot monitoring (PM) roles;
SOPs.
Makes and responds to standard call outs.

© BAA Training
Page: 4-3
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Duration
Performance indicators Knowledge
(hours)
Day 3
Use of checklists SOPs;
1 hour
Utilize checklists appropriately according to SOPs. Checklist philosophy
Briefings SOPs;
Prepare and deliver appropriate briefings. Interpretation of FMS data 1 hour
and in-flight documentation.
Flight management Understanding of aircraft
Maintain a constant awareness of the aircraft automation state; performance and
Manage automation to achieve optimum trajectory and configuration;Systems;
minimum workload; SOPs; Interpretation of FMS
Take effective recovery actions from automation anomalies; data and in-flight 2 hours
Manage aircraft navigation, terrain clearance; documentation;Minimum
Manage aircraft fuel state and take appropriate actions. terrain clearance;
Fuel management IFR and
VFR regulation.
FMS use Systems (FMS);
Programme, manage and monitor FMS in accordance with SOPs; 2 hours
SOPs. Automation.
Day 4
Systems normal operations
Systems;
Perform and monitor normal systems' operation in accordance 2 hours
SOPs.
with SOPs.
Systems abnormal and emergency operations Systems;
Perform and monitor abnormal systems' operation in SOPs;
accordance with SOPs; Emergency and abnormal 2 hours
Utilize electronic and paper abnormal checklists in accordance procedures and checklists;
with SOPs. Recall items.
Environment, weather and ATC
Systems; SOPs;
Communicate effectively with ATC;
ATC environment and
Avoid misunderstandings by requesting clarification;
phraseology; 3 hours
Adhere to ATC instructions;
Procedures for hazardous
Construct a mental model of the local ATC and weather
weather conditions.
environment.
Total hours: 25 hours

© BAA Training
Page: 4-4
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 4-5
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

4.2 Practical MCC Training


4.2.1 General

The practical MCC training is 12 hours in the same FFS that used for both the MCC and type rating training.

Training flights must be performed with full flight crew only. Trainee performs with accordance to a respective crew
member position. Besides direct duties, instructor provides ATIS and ATC clearances.

4.2.2 Briefing and Debriefing

Before practical training, preflight preparations – briefing (not less 1 hour) must be completed. With accordance to
expected training session exercises all the necessary procedures should be reviewed. For preflight preparation the
following training material or equipment is needed:

Applicable charts
Applicable checklists
Operational procedures

After completion of the training session, debriefing (not more 1 hour) must be performed by the instructor. Personal
behavior, performance, mutual work and progress should be discussed.

During the briefing should be put attention on:

Threat and Error Management ( TEM )

Threats
Anticipated Threats
Unexpected Threats
Latent Threats
Errors

© BAA Training
Page: 4-6
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 4-7
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

4.2.3 MCC – 1 Training Session

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


LEBL24L/R 6/6/6* Calm FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 60 t
CAVOK 15/12 QNH1013 LEBL-LEBL, ALTN N/A, FL100, CI 6 CG >27%
ROUTE: LEBL24L MOPAS3Q PUMAL PUMAL1W CLE1L ILS 24R
EOSID: Climb Straight Ahead 3000ft, expect radar vectors FOB 6,5 t
*Runway condition code is reported NOTES: DAY FLIGHT, RWY – DRY, AIR COND – ON, ZFW 52.5 t
by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 30,3 %

CFM IAE
V1 141 TOGA - V1 139 TOGA -
VR 141 FLEX 67 VR 139 FLEX 69
V2 142 FLAPS 1+F V2 140 FLAPS 1+F
Time

Trainee No. 1 as PF
No.

Comments
Training Events
INIT GATE
1 Documentation preparation for flight
2 Computation of take-off performance data
3 Cockpit familiarization
Normal cockpit preparation
Cockpit safety inspection, Preliminary cockpit preparation
4
Departure briefing
Cockpit preparation checklist
Before pushback or start
5 0:50 Before start Flow Pattern and checklist
After start procedure and checklist
Taxi
6
Taxi Flow and Taxi checklist
Take-off
7 1:00
Line up Flow Pattern, Line up checklist
Climb
Thrust setting
8 Flap retraction
Climb mode
Acceleration Flow Pattern
Cruise
9 1:20
Cruising in turbulence
Descent, approach
Descent preparations
Arrival briefing
Altimeters setting procedures
Approach checklist
10 1:30
Non Precision Approach / Precision Approach
Established on final
Landing checklist
Go around procedure
Standard call outs

© BAA Training
Page: 4-8
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Landing
Landing roll procedure
After landing flow pattern
11 1:45 After landing checklist
Taxiing procedure
Parking procedure
Parking checklist
2:00 Break
Time

Trainee No. 2 as PF
No.

Comments
Training Events
INIT GATE
Normal cockpit preparation
Cockpit safety inspection, Preliminary cockpit preparation
12 2:10
Departure briefing
Cockpit preparation checklist
Before pushback or start
13 2:50 Before start Flow Pattern and checklist
After start procedure and checklist
Taxi
14
Taxi Flow and Taxi checklist
Take-off
15 3:00
Line up Flow Pattern, Line up checklist
Climb
Thrust setting
16 Flap retraction
Climb mode
Acceleration Flow Pattern
Cruise
17 3:20
Cruising in turbulence
Descent, approach
Descent preparations
Arrival briefing
Altimeters setting procedures
Approach checklist
18 3:30
Non Precision Approach / Precision Approach
Established on final
Landing checklist
Go around procedure
Standard call outs
Landing
Landing roll procedure
After landing flow pattern
19 3:50 After landing checklist
Taxiing procedure
Parking procedure
Parking checklist
4:00 End

© BAA Training
Page: 4-9
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

4.2.4 MCC – 1 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No MCC – 1
Surname
Session
Trainee License No ☐ Remedial
(if applicable)

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


2 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 2 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
0 N/O N/O
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


0 N/O N/O
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 2 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 2 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
1
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


1
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 1


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
presented to the trainee and validated in Trainee
presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 4-10
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 4-11
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

4.2.5 MCC – 2 Training Session

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


LEBL24L/R 6/6/6* 180/15 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 65 t
CAVOK 15/12 Q1013 LEBL-LEBL, ALTN N/A, FL100, CI 6 CG >27%
ROUTE: LEBL24L MOPAS3Q PUMAL PUMAL 1W CLE1L ILS 24R
EOSID: Climb Straight Ahead 3000ft, expect radar vectors FOB 6,5 t
*Runway condition code is reported NOTES: DAY FLIGHT, RWY – DRY, AIR COND – ON, ZFW 58.5 t
by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 30,3 %

CFM IAE
V1 142 TOGA - V1 143 TOGA -
VR 142 FLEX 60 VR 143 FLEX 64
V2 145 FLAPS 2 V2 147 FLAPS 2
Time

Trainee No. 2 as PF
No.

Comments
Training Events
INIT GATE
1 Computation of take-off performance date
Normal cockpit preparation
Transit cockpit preparation – Flow Pattern
2 Task sharing CM1 and CM2
Normal checklist
Departure briefing by PM
Before pushback or start
Before start Flow Pattern and checklist
3 Start from APU
Hot start. ECAM action on ground
After start procedures and checklist
Taxiing
Taxi flow and taxi checklist
4 0:40
Line up Flow Pattern
Line up checklist
Take-off
5 0:50 Rejected T/O (reverse unlock)
Engine failure after V1
Climb
One engine out procedures
6 1:00 Thrust setting
Climb speeds
Acceleration Flow Pattern
Cruise
7
Engine relight in flight
Hydraulics
8 1:10
Loss of Hydraulic Yellow system

© BAA Training
Page: 4-12
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Descent, approach
Depressurization. Emergency descent
9 1:25 Crew briefing for approach /altimeter setting / radio set-up
Non Precision Approach
Go around procedure
Landing
Landing roll procedure
10 1:45 After landing procedures
Parking Flow Pattern
Parking C/L
2:00 Break
Time

Trainee No. 1 as PF
No.

Comments
Training Events
INIT GATE
Normal cockpit preparation
Transit cockpit preparation – Flow Pattern
11 2:10 Task sharing CM1 and CM2
Normal checklist
Departure briefing by PM
Before pushback or start
Before start Flow Pattern and checklist
12 Start from APU
Hot start. ECAM action on ground
After start procedures and checklist
Taxiing
Taxi flow and taxi checklist
13 2:40
Line up Flow Pattern
Line up checklist
Take-off
14 2:50 Rejected T/O (reverse unlock)
Engine failure after V1
Climb
One engine out procedures
15 3:00 Thrust setting
Climb speeds
Acceleration Flow Pattern
Cruise
16
Engine relight in flight
17 3:10 Loss of Hydraulic Yellow system
Descent, approach
Depressurization. Emergency descent
18 3:30 Crew briefing for approach /altimeter setting / radio set-up
Non Precision Approach
Go around procedure
Landing
Landing roll procedure
19 3:50 After landing procedures
Parking Flow Pattern
Parking C/L
4:00 End

© BAA Training
Page: 4-13
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

4.2.6 MCC – 2 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No MCC – 2
Surname
Session
Trainee License No ☐ Remedial
(if applicable)

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


2 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


2 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 2

(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x


(PSD) - Problem-solving and
2 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


2 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 1


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
presented to the trainee and validated in Trainee
presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 4-14
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 4-15
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

4.2.7 MCC – 3 Training Session

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


LEBL24L 180/15 6/6/6* FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 63 t
3000 OVC010 15/12
LEBL-LEBL, ALTN N/A, FL100, CI 6 CG >27%
QNH1013
ROUTE: LEBL24L MOPAS3Q PUMAL PUMAL 1W CLE1L ILS 24R
EOSID: Climb Straight Ahead 3000ft, expect radar vectors FOB 5,5 t

*Runway condition code is reported NOTES: NIGHT FLIGHT, RWY – DRY, AIR COND – ON, ZFW 57.5 t

by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 30,3 %

CFM IAE
V1 139 TOGA - V1 143 TOGA -
VR 139 FLEX 62 VR 143 FLEX 69
V2 142 FLAPS 1+F V2 144 FLAPS 1+F
Time

Trainee No. 1 as PF
No.

Comments
Training Events
INIT HOLDING POINT
1 Transit cockpit preparation
2 Preliminary cockpit preparation
Take off
3 0:40
Engine fire after V1
Climb
Engine out procedures
4 0:50 Fuel imbalance (Fuel leak)
Smoke control and removal procedure in flight
Engine shutdown inflight
Precision Approach
5
RAW DATA ILS app. (one engine)
6 1:10 Landing
INIT TAKE OFF LOWS RW15
Take off
Flaps 3
7 1:20 On departure EGPWS caution (ATC clearance: “After take off
maintain 4000ft QNH on runway heading”. Wait for EGPWS
activation, follow procedures)
8 Approach briefing
Descent
9 1:35 Star LOWS ILS RW15
ILS app RW15
10 Landing
11 After landing procedures
12 1:50 APU fire
13 Passenger Evacuation
2:00 Break

© BAA Training
Page: 4-16
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Time
Trainee No. 2 as PF
No.
Comments
Training Events
INIT HOLDING POINT
14 2:10 Transit cockpit preparation
15 Preliminary cockpit preparation
Take off
16 2:40
Engine fire after V1
Climb
Engine out procedures
17 2:50 Fuel imbalance (Fuel leak)
Smoke control and removal procedure in flight
Engine shutdown inflight
Precision Approach
18
RAW DATA ILS app. (one engine)
19 3:10 Landing
INIT TAKE OFF LOWS RW15
Take off
Flaps 3
20 3:20 On departure EGPWS caution (ATC clearance: “After take off
maintain 4000ft QNH on runway heading”. Wait for EGPWS
activation, follow procedures)
21 Approach briefing
Descent
22 3:35 Star LOWS ILS RW15
ILS app RW15
23 Landing
24 After landing procedures
25 3:50 APU fire
26 Passenger Evacuation
4:00 End

© BAA Training
Page: 4-17
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

4.2.8 MCC – 3 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No MCC – 3
Surname
Session
Trainee License No ☐ Remedial
(if applicable)

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


2 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


2 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
2 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
exercises for this session are either completed or
Ready for the next phase: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 4-18
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 4-19
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

4.2.9 MCC Remedial Training Session (if required)

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


LEBL24L/R 6/6/6* 180/15 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 63 t
3000 OVC1000 15/12 LEBL-LEBL, ALTN N/A, FL100, CI 6 CG >27%
Q1013 ROUTE: LEBL24L MOPAS3Q PUMAL PUMAL 1W CLE1L ILS 24R
EOSID: Climb Straight Ahead 3000ft, expect radar vectors FOB 5,5 t
*Runway condition code is reported NOTES: NIGHT FLIGHT, RWY – DRY, AIR COND – ON, ZFW 57.5 t
by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 30,3 %

CFM IAE
V1 139 TOGA - V1 143 TOGA -
VR 139 FLEX 62 VR 143 FLEX 69
V2 142 FLAPS 1+F V2 144 FLAPS 1+F
Time

Trainee No. __ as PF
No.

Comments
Training Events
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Trainee No. __ as PF
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

© BAA Training
Page: 4-20
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 4-21
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

4.2.10 MCC Remedial Training CBTA Form & Session records (if required)

Trainee Name & Remedial


Trainee No Session No
Surname MCC – ____
Session
Trainee License No ☐ Remedial
(if applicable)

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs
A/C or FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


2 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


2 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
2 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (performance as PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
exercises for this session are either completed or
Ready for the next phase: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
presented to the trainee and validated in Trainee
presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 4-22
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
4. MCC TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 5-1
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
5. ENTRY LEVEL TRAINING (ELT) Issue/ Rev: 7/0

5.1 ENTRY LEVEL TRAINING (ELT) (if required)


5.1.1 General

Entry Level Training (Optional) is applicable for pilots:

Without experience on ME-MP aircraft (CS-25 Large Aeroplanes), and


Whose IR(A) rating is expired for more than 1 year.

Note: If pilot performs Type rating training combined with MCC at BAA training, then ELT is not applicable.

The purpose of this ELT training is to check trainees skills on manual flying and IFR, also to familiarize applicants
with ME-MP operations and to perform IR(A) training.

In order to proceed to the ELT flight training, the applicant must successfully complete CBT training, Classroom
Instruction and theoretical examinations.

Flight training in FFS will include not less than 2 hrs as Pilot Flying (PF) for each unexperienced crew member.

If pilot does not achieve the minimum level, additional sessions will be assigned until necessary competencies be
achieved.

Session consists of preflight preparation (briefing), flight in the FFS and post flight briefing.

© BAA Training
Page: 5-2
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
5. ENTRY LEVEL TRAINING (ELT) Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 5-3
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
5. ENTRY LEVEL TRAINING (ELT) Issue/ Rev: 7/0

5.1.2 ELT – 1 Session

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* CALM 3000 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 61 t
OVC008 20/15 Q1013 ROUTE: EBBR-EBBR, ALTN EDDK, FL100 CG
FOB 5t
NOTES: RWY – DRY ZFW 56 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ZFWCG 32 %

CFM IAE
V1 140 TOGA YES V1 141 TOGA YES
VR 140 FLEX - VR 141 FLEX -
V2 143 FLAPS 1+F V2 144 FLAPS 1+F

Trainee as PF
No. Time Comments
Training Events
ON RW EBBR25L
1 0:20 COCKPIT PREPARATION – DEPARTURE BRIEFING
RAW DATA TAKEOFF, CONVENTIONAL DEPARTURE LNO4D,
2 0:35
CLEAN UP, CLIMB FL100
3 PRACTICE TURNS, LEVEL FLIGHT (30° and 45° bank angle)
4 0:50 PRACTICE CLIMBING/DESCENDING TURNS (30° bank, V/S 1000ft/min)
5 1:05 JOIN HOLDING OVER FLO VOR.
6 1:25 VECTORING FOR ILS25L APPROACH
7 1:35 GO-AROUND AT DA, MISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
8 VECTORING FOR ILS25L APPROACH
9 2:00 LANDING

© BAA Training
Page: 5-4
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
5. ENTRY LEVEL TRAINING (ELT) Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 5-5
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
5. ENTRY LEVEL TRAINING (ELT) Issue/ Rev: 7/0

5.1.3 ELT – 1 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No ELT – 1
Surname
Session
Trainee License No –
(if applicable)

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF (as required)


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


2 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 2
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
N/O N/O
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


2 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 2 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 2 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
2 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


2 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 2 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


Additional Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
exercises for this session are either completed or
Ready for the next phase: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
Trainee Signature

© BAA Training
Page: 5-6
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
5. ENTRY LEVEL TRAINING (ELT) Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 5-7
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
5. ENTRY LEVEL TRAINING (ELT) Issue/ Rev: 7/0

5.1.4 ELT – Additional Session (if required)

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* CALM 3000 OVC008 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 69 t
20/15 Q1013 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL100 CG
FOB 8t
NOTES: RWY – DRY ZFW 61 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ZFWCG 32 %

CFM IAE
V1 150 TOGA YES V1 151 TOGA YES
VR 150 FLEX - VR 151 FLEX -
V2 152 FLAPS 1+F V2 154 FLAPS 1+F

Trainee as PF
No. Time Comments
Training Events
ON RW EBBR25L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

© BAA Training
Page: 5-8
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
5. ENTRY LEVEL TRAINING (ELT) Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 5-9
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
5. ENTRY LEVEL TRAINING (ELT) Issue/ Rev: 7/0

5.1.5 ELT – Additional training CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name & Additional


Trainee No Session No
Surname ELT – ______
Session
Trainee License No –
(if applicable)

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF (as required)


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


2 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 2
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
N/O N/O
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


2 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 2 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 2 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
2 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


2 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 2 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


Additional Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
exercises for this session are either completed or
Ready for the next phase: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
Trainee Signature

© BAA Training
Page: 5-10
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
5. ENTRY LEVEL TRAINING (ELT) Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-1
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.1 General
The objectives of FFS / FTD / airplane training are:

Operation of the airplane within its limitations;


To perform all maneuvers with smoothness and accuracy;
To apply of good judgment and airmanship;
To apply sound aeronautical knowledge;
To control the airplane at all times in such a manner that the successful outcome of a procedure or
maneuver is never in doubt;
To understand and apply crew co-ordination and incapacitation procedures, if applicable;
To communicate effectively with other crew members, as needed.

6.1.1 Structure and Flight Training Elements

In order to proceed to the flight training phase for the Airbus-318/319/320/321 Type Rating, the applicant must
successfully complete the ground training phase (including CPT, emergency and procedures training).

Flight training consists of:

Flight training in the Full Flight Simulator (FFS),


Flight Training in the Flight Training Device (FTD), and
Flight training in the Airbus-318/319/320/321 airplane (base training).

6.1.1.1 Flight Training in FFS and FTD

Flight training in FFS is performed using a qualified Full Flight Simulator will include not less than 32 hrs (24 hrs
when FTD used) for each crewmember:

16 hrs as Pilot Flying (PF), of which 4 may be performed using FTD; and
16 hrs as Pilot Monitoring (PM), of which 4 may be performed using FTD.

Flight training in FTD, when used, is performed using a qualified Flight Training Device FTD Level II, and will include
up to 8 hrs for each crewmember:

4 hrs as Pilot Flying (PF) and


4 hrs as Pilot Monitoring (PM).

The whole flight training program is broken-down into sessions. Each session consists of: preflight preparation
(briefing), flight in the FFS and post flight briefing.

Reference material includes: - FCOM;


- QRH;
- FCTM.

The student will complete all the required preflight preparations before each training session. A post flight debriefing
with an instructor will be conducted after each training session.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-2
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.1.1.2 Aeroplane training

With the exception of courses approved for ZFTT, certain training exercises normally involving take-off and landing
in various configurations should be completed in the aeroplane rather than in an FFS. Unless otherwise specified in
the OSD established in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 748/2012, this take-off and landing training should
include:

at least four landings in the case of MPAs where the student pilot has more than 500 hours of MPA
experience in aeroplanes of similar size and performance or, in all other cases, at least six landings;
at least one full-stop landing; and
one go-around with all engines operating.
This aeroplane training may be completed after the student pilot has completed the FSTD training and has
successfully undertaken the type rating skill test, provided it does not exceed 2 hours of the flight training course.

6.1.2 FFS and FTD Training Progress and Skill Tests

Progress tests in the FFS / FTD are performed during each training session. Results are recorded in the “Training
Simulator Report” form. Skill and progress tests are graded according to the 5.1.3 - ELT – 1 CBTA Form &
Session records . A Minimum 8 training sessions are required for the course. It is possible to increase the number
of sessions if the instructor sees a need for remedial training sessions. The number of remedial sessions is not
limited. Skill tests are administered by a designated CAA examiner. Results of the examination are recorded on the
“Skill Test Report” form.

6.1.3 Flight Tolerance

The following limits are for general guidance. The examiner shall make an allowance for turbulent conditions and the
handling qualities and performance of the airplane type used.

Height
- Generally ± 100 feet
- Starting a go-around at decision + 50 feet/– 0 feet
height/altitude
- Minimum descent height/MAPt/altitude + 50 feet/– 0 feet
Tracking
- On radio aids ± 5°
- For “angular” deviations Half-scale deflection, azimuth and glide path (e.g. LPV, ILS,
MLS, GLS)
- 2D (LNAV) and 3D (LNAV/VNAV) “linear” Cross-track error/deviation shall normally be limited to ± ½ of the
lateral deviations RNP value associated with the procedure. Brief deviations from this
standard up to a maximum of one time the RNP value are allowable.
- 3D linear vertical deviations (e.g. RNP Not more than – 75 feet below the vertical profile at any time, and not
APCH (LNAV/VNAV) using BaroVNAV) more than + 75 feet above the
vertical profile at or below 1 000 feet above aerodrome level.
Heading
- all engines operating ± 5°
- with simulated engine failure ± 10°
Speed
- all engines operating ± 5 knots
- with simulated engine failure + 10 knots/– 5 knots

© BAA Training
Page: 6-3
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.1.4 Briefings

Each session is started with a briefing by the instructor. Standard briefing time is one hour.

The conduction of the procedures and theoretical knowledge will be discussed. This will make sure the lesson’s
objectives which are planned to be achieved.

After each session, the Instructor gives a detailed debriefing in which feedback about the quality of the trained
exercises, gained proficiency, and trainee’s team ability is given.

Irrespective of being a “progress check lesson” or not, the Instructor has to inform the Head of Training, if the
performance and/or knowledge of the Trainee is such, that successful course completion is endangered with the
routine number of remaining lessons. In this case the Head of Training will decide about remedial training.

6.1.5 CRM Topics

CRM elements are introduced and watched throughout all full flight simulator sessions. During briefing and
debriefing for each SIM-lesson, the Instructor highlights one or two specific CRM elements. Whenever the training
content exceeds pure “drill-training”, the procedures shall be trained and observed like in a LOFT scenario, with
proper application of the CRM elements.

The CRM-elements, which have to be briefed and observed during the type rating training course, are allocated to
each FFS and FTD – session according to the following table. They will be shown in the individual lesson plans.

CRM Element CRM Sub-Element


Communication Atmosphere
Information transfer
Information management
Leadership & teamwork Command ability
Team ability
Conflict management
Workload management Completion of tasks
Time management
Stress and error management
Situational awareness & decision-making Efficient preparation
Efficient processing
Efficient interaction
Threat and Error Management (TEM) Threats
Anticipated Threats
Unexpected Threats
Latent Threats
Errors

© BAA Training
Page: 6-4
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-5
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.2 FFS / FTD – 1 Session


6.2.1 FFS/FTD – 1 Preparation

SESSION OBJECTIVE

Practice preliminary cockpit preparation (real environment)


Introduction to aircraft handling characteristics
Introduction to " Normal Law " - protections
Practice visual approaches and landings
Practice Go Around
OSD TASE – Recognition of all messages associated to Autothrust failure, engagement and disconnection
OSD TASE – Knowledge of flight characteristics and the degree of flight envelope protection provided by
the various flight control laws for pitch, roll and yaw control
OSD TSAE – Knowledge of the use of side stick controller with a special emphasis on the
relationship between the two controllers and the transfer/takeover of control
TRAINING TOPICS

REVIEW: Preliminary cockpit preparation using aircraft equipments in a real environment

SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA

Understanding of Normal Law protections


Ability to handle the aircraft in Normal Law
Ability to apply correct take off, landing techniques, and go around
Exercises FCOM QRH FCTM
TAKEOFF PRO-NOR NP PR.NP
NORMAL LAW PROTECTIONS DSC N/A NIL
DSC-22_30
AUTO THRUST LOGIC NIL
PRO-SUP-70
PRO-NOR-SOP-18 PR.NP.SOP
ILS APPROACH NP
PRO-NOR-SRP-01 FMS-70 APPR.GM
SIDE STICK PRIORITY DSC-27-20-30 NIL
VISUAL APPROACH NOR-SOP-20 PR.NP.SOP
PRO-NOR-SOP-29
LANDING NP PR.NP.SOP
PRO-SUP-27
PRO-NOR-SOP-20
GO AROUND NP PR.NP.SOP
PRO-NOR-SRP-01 FMS-80
Session 1 specific CRM items

CRM - Element Sub - Element


Workload Management Completion of Tasks Time Management
Completion of Tasks (Behavior Marker)

Prioritize operational tasks


Distribute tasks appropriately; delegate routine tasks depending on knowledge, individual performance and
actual stress level
Complete tasks within reasonable time
Use external and internal resources Time Management (Behavior Marker)
Plan ahead, allocate time to tasks appropriately
Realize the urgency of each individual task to be dealt with
Time Management (Behavior Marker)

Plan ahead, allocate time to tasks appropriately


Realize the urgency of each individual task to be deal with

© BAA Training
Page: 6-6
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.2.2 FFS/FTD – 1 Session guide

1 COCKPIT FAMILIARIZATION:
- Safety equipment
- Seats adjustment
- Lights
- Oxygen masks
- Audio panel practice

7 A/P F/D DISCONNECTION AND RECONNECTION:


- Explain A/P disconnection (associated visual and aural warnings)
- Explain F/D disconnection and associated FMA modes (A/THR SPEED mode)
- Introduce FPV
- Return HDG / VS mode
- Re-engage FD, set appropriate FMA modes
- Re-engage A/P
- Speed manage

8 A/THR LOGIC DEMO


FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


Disconnection/Re-engagement with associated FMA/ECAM announcement

9/25STUDY OF NORMAL LAW AND PROTECTIONS


If standard crew, demonstration performed by each trainee at item 9 and 25.
- NORMAL LAW:
AP OFF, FD’s OFF, TRK FPA, A/THR ON, LEVEL FLIGHT, Speed selected 250 kt
- Pitch
Select speed variations (+/- 40kts).
Observe flight path stability, automatic pitch trim.

- Roll
Turn with bank angle of 30°
Observe roll stability, turn coordination and automatic pitch trim.

Wings level
Turn with bank angle of 45°
When above 33° of bank, observe loss of roll stability, pitch trim frozen.

Turn coordination still in progress.

Release the side stick


Observe bank angle is automatically reduced to 33°.

Wings level.
- NORMAL LAW PROTECTIONS:
AP OFF, FD’s OFF, TRK FPA, ATHR ON, LEVEL FLIGHT, Speed selected 250 kt

© BAA Training
Page: 6-7
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

- Bank
Increase bank smoothly to maximum.
Observe bank limited to 67° (Bank angle protection), g load factor indication (max 2.5g: Load factor limitation).

Wings level.
AP OFF, FD’s ON, HDG V/S, A/THR OFF, LEVEL FLIGHT, Speed selected 250 kt
- Low speeds
Set CLB detent, apply full back side stick and maintain
Observe g load, automatic FD removal (pitch exceeds 25° up), pitch attitude (+30°, then +25° at low speed: Pitch attitude

protection), automatic FD disengagement at VLS, V alpha prot (pitch trim frozen, pitch law is no more g load demand, but AOA

demand: High AOA protection).

When alpha floor is reached, observe A/THR activation and TOGA command, regardless of THR LVR position.
Maintaining side stick full back, apply max bank angle
Observe Alpha Max, no stall, bank limitation 45°.

Release side stick


Observe behavior (bank 33°, AOA returns to alpha prot).

Level off and wings level


Observe TOGA LK when leaving alpha floor conditions.

Recovery: set THR LVR to TOGA detent, disconnect A/THR, and adjust THR manually, then reengage
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


A/THR. Select speed 250 kt.
- High speeds
Set THR LVR to IDLE detent, apply full forward side stick and maintain
Observe g load factor, pitch attitude (-15°: Pitch attitude protection). High speed protection: observe
the two green bars symbol on speed scale, pitch trim frozen, nose up order overidable.
Over speed ECAM warning (VMO + 4kts): For training purpose, instructor cancels warning using
EMER CANC pb.

Remind that the EMER CANC pb should only be used to


suppress spurious MASTER CAUTIONS

Maintaining side stick full forward, apply max bank angle


Observe that, at approximately VMO + 15kts, no more acceleration, bank limitation 45°.

Release side stick


Observe positive spiral static stability to 0°, nose up order, and deceleration to VMO.

Level off, reengage automations.

22 According to trainees’ level, insert 10 kts crosswind.

26 Sidestick priority demonstration.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-8
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-9
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.2.3 FFS / FTD – 1 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* CALM CAVOK FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 61 t
20/15 Q1013 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 5t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 56 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 32 %

CFM IAE
V1 141 TOGA - V1 139 TOGA -
VR 141 FLEX 64 VR 139 FLEX 69
V2 144 FLAPS 3 V2 143 FLAPS 3
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 1 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

LST Comments
Training Events
INIT GATE
1 COCKPIT FAMILIARIZATION
2 COCKPIT PREPARATION 1.3
3 ENGINE START / AFTER START 1.4
4 TAXI 1.5
5 V V TAKE OFF 1.6, 2.1, 2.2
6 V V V SID CLIMB FL120 3.1.4, 3.8.1
7 A/P F/D DISCONNECTION AND RECONNECTION 3.4.8
8 V V ATHR LOGIC 3.4.8
3.1, 3.1.1, 3.1.2,
9 V STUDY OF NORMAL LAW - PROTECTIONS
3.1.3, 3.2
10 V V V DES STAR 3.1.4, 3.8.1
11 V V ILS APPROACH 3.8.3.2
12 1:30 LANDING 5.1
INIT HOLDING POINT
13 V V 1:35 TAKE OFF 2.1
14 V V VISUAL PATTERN 3.8.5
15 LANDING 5.1
INIT TAKE OFF
16 V V 1:45 TAKE OFF 2.1
17 V V CLIMB / 1500 AGL
18 V V V VISUAL PATTERN 3.8.6
19 V V GO AROUND 4.3
20 V CLIMB
21 V VISUAL PATTERN 3.8.5
22 LANDING, AFTER LANDING PROCEDURES
2:05 Break

© BAA Training
Page: 6-10
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

TRK-FPA
Trainee No. 2 as PF

ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD
LST Comments
Training Events

INIT HOLDING POINT


23 V V 2:15 TAKE OFF 1.6, 2.1, 2.2
24 V V V SID CLIMB FL 120 3.1.4, 3.8.1
3.1, 3.1.1,
25 V STUDY OF NORMAL LAW PROTECTIONS
3.1.2, 3.1.3
26 V V SIDE STICK PRIORITY
27 V V ATHR LOGIC 3.3
28 V V V DES STAR 3.1.4, 3.8.1
29 V V ILS APPROACH 3.8.3.2
30 LANDING 5.1
INIT HOLDING POINT
31 V V 3:00 TAKE OFF 2.1
32 V V VISUAL PATTERN 1500 AGL 3.8.6
33 LANDING 5.1
INIT TAKE OFF
34 V V 3:10 TAKE OFF 2.1
35 V V CLIMB
36 V V VISUAL PATTERN 3.8.6
37 V V GO AROUND 4.3
38 V V CLIMB
39 V VISUAL PATTERN 3.8.6
40 LANDING 5.1
41 3:45 AFTER LANDING
42 TAXI 1.5
43 PARKING
44 SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
4:00 End

After completion LST ITEMS TO FILL : 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.3, 3.1.4, 3.2, 3.3,
3.4.8, 3.8.1, 3.8.3.2, 3.8.5, 3.8.6, 4.3, 5.1

© BAA Training
Page: 6-11
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.2.4 FFS/FTD – 1 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No FFS/FTD – 1
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
2 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


2 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 2 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
2 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


2 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 2 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 6-12
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-13
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.3 FFS – 2 Session


6.3.1 FFS – 2 Preparation

SESSION OBJECTIVE

Practice Transit cockpit preparation (real environment)


Practice Take off and Landings with crosswind.
Practice Circling.
Practice ILS in RAW DATA.
Practice Go Around and rejected landing.
Tail strike presentation.
OSD TASE – Knowledge of the various modes of automation.

TRAINING TOPICS

REVIEW:

Transit cockpit preparation using aircraft equipments in a real environment.


GO AROUND procedure.
SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA

Apply good crew coordination and task sharing.


Proper use of automation.
Confirm the ability to: Handle the aircraft safely, Perform ILS RAW DATA.

Exercises FCOM QRH FCTM


TAKE OFF WITH CROSSWIND PRO-NOR-SOP-12 NIL
FLY PATH VECTOR PR.NP.SOP
ILS RAW DATA APPR.GM
CIRCLING PRO-NOR-SOP-18 PR.NP.SOP.GM
LOW ENERGY AURAL ALERT DSC-22-40-30 PR.AEP.MISC
LANDING WITH CROSSWIND PRO-NOR-SOP-19 NIL
TCAS PRO-ABN-34 AS.TCAS

Session 2 specific CRM items

CRM - Element Sub - Element


Situational Awareness & Decision Making Efficient Preparation
Efficient Processing
Efficient Interaction

Efficient Preparation (Behavior Marker)

Act with respect to time available


Avoid distractions; realize when you are distracted
Anticipate factors affecting the flight
Recognize factors affecting the

© BAA Training
Page: 6-14
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Flight Efficient Processing (Behavior Marker)

Evaluate factors affecting the flight


Choose appropriate course of action
Monitor execution
Monitor development of the situation
Apply FORDEC for complex situations
Facts
Options
Risks & Benefits
Decision
Execution
Check

Efficient Interaction (Behavior Marker)

Involve others in the process


Discuss discrepancies

© BAA Training
Page: 6-15
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.3.2 FFS – 2 Session guide

1 FMGS preparation: primary FPLN: RW ……., Secondary FPLN: RW …….

3 Initial clearance RWY for take off, give new clearance RWY during taxi.
Use of secondary F/PLN

5 TCAS: RA

9 Initiate a GO AROUND at 1000ft AGL with a clearance to 3000 ft QNH. The idea is to ensure that trainees are
able to cope with a well above MDA GO AROUND, with rapid FMA change.

10 Weather conditions: 6 km / 800 ft ceiling

15 Insert 20 Kts crosswind, weather conditions CAVOK.

17 Initiate go around below 50 ft

21 TCAS: RA
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


27 Introduction of Flaps 3 landing with associated procedure (GPWS Flaps 3 mode). Insert 20kt crosswinds.

28 Rejected landing at 50 ft, set weather CAVOK

31 INIT TAKE OFF - DISPATCH WITH REVERSER 1 INOP (fail ENG 1 reverser control):
MMEL / OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
Lateral control induced problems during take off and landing (reverser 1 inop, crosswind)

32 ATHR OFF. Start final turn in level flight to trigger the LOW ENERGY WARNING: “SPEED, SPEED, SPEED”

© BAA Training
Page: 6-16
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.3.3 FFS – 2 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* 230/10 CAVOK 20/15 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 61 t
QNH1013 CG
ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230,
EDDF25L/R 6/6/6* 200/10
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 5t
3000 OVC004 15/10 QNH1013
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 56 t

*Runway condition code is reported by instructor


ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 32 %

CFM IAE
V1 142 TOGA - V1 140 TOGA -
VR 142 FLEX 66 VR 140 FLEX 69
V2 145 FLAPS 3 V2 143 FLAPS 3
TRK-FPA

Trainee No.2 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

LST Comments
Training Events

INIT GATE
TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION AND PERFORMANCE
1 1.1, 1.3
CALCULATION
2 ENG START WITH MALFUNCTION 1.4
3 TAXI - RWY CHANGE 1.5
2.1,
4 V V TAKE OFF, APU ON, PACKS ON APU
3.4.14
5 V V V SID CLIMB FL070 CRUISE TCAS EVENT 3.6.9
6 V V MODE REVERSIONS
7 V V DES - STAR 3.8.1
8 V V V STANDARD ILS APPROACH 3.8.3.1
9 V V 1:10 HIGH ENERGY - GO AROUND - CLEAN UP - FREEZE 4.1
INIT TAKE OFF - VISIBILITY 6 km / OVC 800 ft
10 V V TAKE OFF 2.1
11 V V ILS - RAW DATA 3.8.3.1
12 V V GO AROUND 4.5
13 V V ILS - RAW DATA 3.8.3.1
14 1:35 LANDING 5.1
INIT TAKE OFF – CAVOK – CROSSWIND 20kts
15 V V TAKE OFF – CROSSWIND 2.3
16 V V VISUAL PATTERN 3.8.6
17 V V REJECTED LANDING 4.3, 4.5
18 V V VISUAL PATTERN 3.8.6
19 LANDING FLAPS 3 – CROSSWIND 5.3
2:05 Break

© BAA Training
Page: 6-17
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

TRK-FPA
Trainee No. 1 as PF

ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD
LST Comments
Training Events

INIT HOLDING POINT


20 V V 2:10 TAKE OFF, APU ON, PACKS ON APU 2.1, 3.4.14
21 V V CLIMB – FL060 TCAS EVENT 3.6.9
22 V V ILS APPROACH STANDARD 3.8.3.3
23 V V HIGH ENERGY GO AROUND 4.2
24 V V V V 2D LOCALIZER APP (G/S OUT) or VOR – CIRCLING APP 3.8.4, 3.8.5
25 V V 3:00 LANDING 5.1
INIT TAKE OFF – CROSSWIND 20kts
27 V V ILS - RAW DATA 3.8.3.1
28 V REJECTED LANDING 4.5
29 V V VISUAL PATTERN 3.8.5
30 3:30 LANDING - CROSSWIND 5.3
INIT TAKE OFF - RWY DRY - REVERSER 1 INOP
31 V V TAKE OFF 2.1
32 V VISUAL PATTERN - LOW ENERGY WARNING 3.8.5
33 LANDING FLAPS 3 5.4
34 AFTER LANDING
35 3:50 PARKING / SECURING AIRCRAFT
4:00 End

After completion LST ITEMS TO FILL : 1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 3.4.14, 3.6.9, 3.8.1, 3.8.3.1, 3.8.3.3, 3.8.4,
3.8.5, 3.8.6, 4.2, 4.5, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4

© BAA Training
Page: 6-18
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.3.4 FFS – 2 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No FFS – 2
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


2 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
2 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
or listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
presented to the trainee and validated in Trainee
presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 6-19
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-20
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.4 FFS/FTD – 3 Session


6.4.1 FFS/FTD – 3 Preparation

SESSION OBJECTIVE:

Practice Non precision approach


Practice Raw data approach and Circling
Practice TCAS procedure
Demonstration of FCTL reconfiguration laws
Demonstration of EMERGENCY DESCENT
OSD TASE – Knowledge of flight characteristics and the degree of flight envelope protection provided by
the various flight control laws for pitch, roll and yaw control
TRAINING TOPICS:

REVIEW: Non precision approach


SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA:

Assess crew coordination and task sharing


Handling: Flight within the below listed criteria should not be achieved at the expense of smooth and good
coordination:
Speed : + 10 / - 5 kts
Heading : ± 5°
Tracking : ± 5°
Altitude : ± 100 ft. All phases must be handled safely.

Ability to handle the aircraft in Alternate Law at low and high altitude (OSD Appendix 3). Apply good crew
coordination and task sharing during abnormal operations.
At this stage, the trainee must be ready to study the Abnormal and Emergency procedures.

Exercises FCOM QRH FCTM


CIRCLING PRO-NOR-SOP-18 PR.NP.SOP.GM
ADVERSE WEATHER PER-TOF-CTA, PRO-SUP PR.NP.SUP.RR
F/CTL RECONFIGURATION LAWS DSC-27-20-20, PRO-ABN-27 NIL
DUAL ADR FAULT PRO-ABN-34 PR.AEP.NAV
EMERGENCY DESCENT PRO-ABN-80 ABN-80.05 PR.AEP.MISC
Session 3 specific CRM items

CRM - Element Sub - Element


Communication Information Transfer; Information Management
TEM
Workload management
Information Management (Behavior Marker)

Clearly state plans and intentions


Announce ambiguities
Announce uncertainties
Speak openly and frankly about any problem within the crew
Stress and Error management
Aim to minimize negative effects off stress

© BAA Training
Page: 6-21
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-22
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.4.2 FFS/FTD – 3 Session guide

5 Fail AP 1 during climb, AP2 still available.


Ask trainee 1 not to folllow FD’S and maintain 4° pitch, demonstrate REVERSION
After AP swap, restore ATHR for TCAS exercise

6 TCAS: RA

8 Insert FCU 1 + 2 Fault

12 Both crew members will carry out the following exercises in the vicinity of the airport EBBR.
Demonstrate Alternate law (USE “DEMONSTRATION OF ALTERNATE LAW”).
Roll direct.
Yaw damping function is available.
No bank angle protection, No pitch limit protection.
High speed stability: nose up demand which can be overridden by the pilot. Low speed stability: nose
down demand which can be overridden by the pilot. Landing gear down: Demonstrate direct law.
Pitch direct: USE MAN PITCH TRIM.
Yaw: Mechanical use of rudders.
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


18 TCAS: RA

27 Emergency Descent from FL 250, explosive decompression. Proceed as time permits.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-23
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.4.3 FFS/FTD – 3 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* 330/10 3000 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 61 t
OVC005 15/10 QNH1010 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 5t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 56.0 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 32 %

CFM IAE
V1 143 TOGA - V1 140 TOGA -
VR 143 FLEX 64 VR 140 FLEX 69
V2 143 FLAPS 1+F V2 142 FLAPS 1+F
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 1 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

LST Comments
Training Events

INIT HOLDING POINT EBBR


1 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
2 ENGINE START 3.4.0
3 TAKE OFF 2.1
4 V V CLIMB ENG 1(2) THR LEVER FAULT (restore failures) 3.6.3
5 V V V CLIMB AP FAILURE - REVERSION 3.4.8
6 CRUISE TCAS RA 3.6.9
7 V V V 1:10 VECTORS FOR ILS 25L + GO AROUND 4.1
8 V FCU 1+2 FAULT 3.4.8
9 V ILS – APP RAW DATA 3.8.3.1
10 1:35 LANDING 5.2
CRUISE FL250
11 V V V EMERGENCY DESCENT – RESTORE At FL100 3.4.1, 3.6.6
12 RECONFIGURATION ALTERNATE LAW 3.4.6
13 ILS APPROACH DIRECT LAW 3.4.6
1:50 Break

© BAA Training
Page: 6-24
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

TRK-FPA
Trainee No. 2 as PF

ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD
LST Comments
Training Events

INIT HOLDING POINT EBBR


14 V V 2:00 TAKE OFF WINDSHEAR 3.4.10
15 V V CLIMB - TCAS EVENT 3.6.9
16 V V V CRUISE - NAV ADR1+2(1+3)(2+3) FAULT 3.4.11
17 V V V DESCENT – ALTERNATE LAW 3.1.4
18 V V V ILS - APPROACH DIRECT LAW 3.4.6
19 3:00 LANDING 5.1
INIT TAKE OFF
20 TAKE OFF 2.1
24 V V V V 2D LOCALIZER APP (G/S OUT) or VOR – CIRCLING APP 3.8.4
25 V V CIRCLING 3.8.5
26 3:25 LANDING 5.1
INIT CRUISE FL250
3.4.1,
27 V V V 3:50 EMERGENCY DESCENT – RESTORE at FL100 (if time permits)
3.6.6
4:00 End

After completion LST ITEMS TO FILL: 2.1, 3.1.4, 3.2, 3.4.0, 3.4.1, 3.4.6, 3.4.8, 3.4.10, 3.4.11, 3.6.3, 3.6.6,
3.6.9, 3.8.3.1, 3.8.4, 3.8.5, 4.1, 5.1, 5.5

© BAA Training
Page: 6-25
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.4.4 FFS – 3 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No FFS/FTD – 3
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


3 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
presented to the trainee and validated in Trainee
presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 6-26
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-27
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.5 FFS – 4 Session


6.5.1 FFS – 4 Preparation

SESSION OBJECTIVE:

Practice UPRT Recovery technique and Stall.


SMOKE procedure.
Practice EMERGENCY DESCENT.
CFIT training presentation.
OSD TASE – Procedural and handling consequences following multiple failures that result in alternate or
direct law, both at low and high altitude.

TRAINING TOPICS:

REVIEW:

UPRT RECOVERY TECHNIQUE


NON PRECISION APPROACH RNP-2D/3D

SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA:

Ability to handle the aircraft in Alternate Law at low and high altitude (OSD Appendix 3). Apply good crew
coordination and task sharing during abnormal operations.

Exercises FCOM QRH FCTM


EMERGENCY DESCENT PRO-ABN-80 ABN-80.05 PR.AEP.MISC
SMOKE PROCEDURE PRO-ABN-26 ABN-26 PR.AEP
NON PRECISION (RNP) APPROACH PRO-NOR-80
Session 4 specific CRM items

CRM - Element Sub - Element


Leadership & Teamwork Team Ability
Conflict Management

Conflict Management (Behavior Marker)

Address and manage conflicts


Achieve a rational climate
Avoid intimidation
Avoid assertive behavior if appropriate and persist until perception of others is gained or corrective action
is taken
Accept appropriate criticism
Present own point of view
Avoid competition between crew members.
Aim to minimize negative effects of stress.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-28
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.5.2 FFS – 4 Session guide

1 INIT HOLDING POINT: Engines running, appropriate F/PLN inserted, ready for Take off.

2 EGPWS EVENT SCENARIOS LOWS15


ATC clearance: “After take off maintain 4000ft QNH on runway heading”. Wait for EGPWS activation and
follow procedures.

3 Stall & UPRT


Reducing AOA and regaining lift is the first priority Emphasize that recovery is only possible by trading
altitude for airspeed.
Emphasize that minimizing altitude loss is secondary to reducing AOA and regaining lift is the first priority -
recovery is only possible by trading altitude for airspeed. More altitude will be lost at high altitude than at
low altitude.
Emphasize that thrust must be increased smoothly and when out of stall conditions, otherwise this may
generate another stall warning. Increasing thrust immediately upon stall recognition is not inappropriate.
Emphasize that at high altitudes, it is more critical to control speed and g-loading during recovery to level
flight in order to avoid entering a stall due to less margin to critical AOA.
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


Stall at low altitude
Objective:
At low altitude, the flight crew should be able to recognize the first indications of a stall situation, to
correctly know and apply the stall recovery procedure.
Exercise:
Recognition of stall indications
Application of recovery procedure
Configurations:
AP OFF, FD OFF and A/THR OFF
Alternate law
Clean,
Approach configuration in turn, or
Landing configuration
Take off configuration (Gear up, Flaps 1+F, S speed)

UPSET at low altitude

As the FFS motion cues may be different from the motion cues experienced in the aircraft, first attempts may be
performed without the use of motion system to avoid going beyond the FFS flight-load envelope. The FFS crash
conditions should be checked and the “crash inhibit” function activated. Once the student manage to perform
UPSET recovery within the envelope, repeat exercise with the motion ON, to satisfy FCL Appendix 9, Maneuver 3.7.
Objective:
At low altitude, the flight crew should be able to recognize an unusual aircraft attitude situation, correctly
know and apply the related upset recovery techniques.
Activate UPSET via IOS if this function is avail, or
Instructor shall occupy PM seat, fly into UPSET and transfer controls to the Trainee.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-29
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Exercise:

Nose high recovery:


Alternate law
AP OFF, FD OFF and A/THR OFF
Speed: Alternate law max speed - 10 kt
Manual thrust set.
Begin the exercise by smoothly pitching up to + 30° wings level. Passing + 20° of pitch, bank
progressively to 70°.
Request the trainee to recognize the situation and apply the upset recovery technique.
Nose low recovery:
Alternate law
AP OFF, FD OFF and A/THR OFF
Speed: Green Dot speed + 10 kt
Manual thrust set.
Begin the exercise by smoothly banking up to 70°. Passing 30° of bank, pitch progressively down
to - 15°.
Request the trainee to recognize the situation and apply the upset recovery technique.
6 Contaminated runway and winter operations
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


Set ground temperature to -2
Rwy conditions: contaminated/snow
Visual conditions; Circling/snow
Braking action: poor
Explain usage of Engine and wing anti-ice system in the air and on the ground
Use radar
Taxiing on contaminated taxiway (flap utilization)

7 Aircraft handling at high altitude

Normal law handling (AP OFF, FD OFF, A/THR OFF, no FPV)

Objective:

When flying manually at high altitude, the flight crew should:

Know the different behaviors of the aircraft and know how the protections work, when they are available,
and their limits.
Understand the management of the energy of the aircraft. The acceleration and deceleration capabilities
should be understood.
Exercise:

AP OFF, FD OFF and A/THR OFF


Perform flight maneuvers (pitch/roll and climb/descent).
Review of low thrust margin availability
Acceleration from VLS to VMO/MMO
Review of thrust limit at high altitude and the need for descend if the thrust is not sufficient to maintain the
flight level
Reinforce the importance of maintaining pitch and thrust
Decelerate from VMO/MMO to VLS, with and without spoiler effects.
Increase weigh to reach MAX FL and demonstrate capabilities when decelerating below Green Dot speed

© BAA Training
Page: 6-30
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Stall at high altitude

Objective:

At high altitude, the flight crew should be able to recognize the first indications of a stall situation, to
correctly know and apply the stall recovery procedure.
Exercise:

Recognition of stall indications


Application of recovery technique
Configuration:

Alternate law
Clean configuration in turn, reduce thrust and maintain horizontal flight
Clean configuration increase pitch to + 15°, wings level, reduce thrust
UPSET at high altitude

Flight path management (manual or automatic, as appropriate) during unreliable airspeed indication and other
failures at high altitude in aeroplanes with a maximum cruising altitude above FL300. The following training
elements are integrated into type rating training courses:

Basic flight physics principles concerning flight at high altitude, with a particular emphasis on the relative
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


proximity of the critical Mach number and the stall, reduced aircraft damping, and an understanding of the
reduced stall angle of attack when compared with low altitude flight.
Interaction of the automation (AP, FD, ATHR) and the consequences of failures inducing disconnection of
the automation.
Consequences of an unreliable airspeed indication at high altitudes and the need for the Flight Crew to
promptly identify the failure and react with appropriate (minimal) control inputs to keep the aircraft in a safe
envelope.
Degradation of FBW flight control laws/modes and its consequence on aircraft stability and flight envelope
protections, including stall warnings.
Practical training, using appropriate simulators, on manual handling at high altitude in normal and in non-
normal flight control laws/modes, with particular emphasis on pre-stall buffet, the reduced stall angle of
attack when compared with low altitude flight, and the effect of pitch inputs on the aircraft trajectory and
energy state.
The requirement to promptly and accurately apply the stall recovery procedure, as provided by the aircraft
manufacturer, at the first indication of an impending stall. Differences between high-altitude and low-
altitude stalls must be addressed.
Procedures for taking over and transferring manual control of the aircraft, especially for FBW aeroplanes
with independent sidesticks.
Task sharing and crew coordination in high workload/stress conditions with appropriate call-out and
acknowledgement to confirm changes to the aircraft flight control law/mode.

Motion should be ON in order to feel high altitude buffet associated to load factor during the recovery. The normal
flight envelope will be respected.

Objective:

At high altitude, the flight crew should be able to recognize an unusual attitude situation, to correctly know
and apply the related upset recovery techniques.
Activate UPSET via IOS if this function is avail, or
Instructor shall occupy PM seat, fly into UPSET and transfer controls to the Trainee.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-31
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

Exercise:

Nose high recovery:


Alternate law
AP OFF, FD OFF and A/THR OFF
Speed: M: 0.78
Begin the exercise by smoothly pitching up to + 20° wings level. Passing + 15° of pitch, bank
progressively up to 70°.
Request the trainee to recognize the situation and apply the upset recovery technique.
Nose low recovery:
Alternate law
AP OFF, FD OFF and A/THR OFF
Speed: M: 0.76
Begin the exercise by smoothly banking up to 70°. Passing 30° of bank, pitch progressively down
to - 15° to -20°.
Request the trainee to recognize the situation and apply the upset recovery technique
8 Activate CARGO DOOR switch fault. Perform ECAM actions. Meanwhile, activate EXCESSIVE CAB ALT:
EMERGENCY DESCENT (structural damage). Trainee shall start preparation for EBBR 25L RNP Approach.

10 Approach should be performed with go around due to navigation deviation or system failures.
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


14 PBN departure

15 EGPWS EVENT SCENARIOS LOWS15

ATC clearance: “After take off maintain 4000ft QNH on runway heading”. Wait for EGPWS activation and
follow procedures.

16 TCAS RA

20 Contaminated runway and winter operations

Set ground temperature to -2


Rwy conditions: contaminated/snow
Visual conditions; Circling/snow
Braking action: poor
Explain usage of Engine and wing anti-ice system in the air and on the ground
Use radar
Taxiing on contaminated taxiway (flap utilization)
22 Arm Smoke Generator

Use smoke generator or indicate that smoke is coming to the cockpit from the outlets (AIR CONDITIONING SMOKE
suspected)

Smoke building up until PACK 2 is set OFF


Indicate smoke emission decreases but dense fumes still persist
Complete SMOKE / FUMES REMOVAL PROC Stop exercise when RAM
AIR p/b is set ON Monitor the cabin rate with RAM AIR opened.
Prepare for Emergency landing at EBBR 25L RNP 3D Approach
25 PBN 3D approach

26 GPS Primary lost, GO AROUND

27 PBN 2D approach

28 Loss of braking after landing, parking if time permits.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-32
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-33
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.5.3 FFS – 4 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 5/5/5* WET 200/10 5000 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 61.5 t
OVC005 5/0 QNH1020 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG 28.5
LOWS15 5/5/5* WET 100/10 800 TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 5.5 t
OVC005 -2/-5 QNH1018 WET NOTES: RWY – WET, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 56.0 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE – ON ZFWCG 30 %

CFM IAE
V1 143 TOGA - V1 141 TOGA -
VR 144 FLEX 61 VR 142 FLEX 67
V2 145 FLAPS 1+F V2 143 FLAPS 1+F
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 2 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

LST Comments
Training Events

INIT HOLDING POINT LOWS RW15


1 V V V TAKE OFF 2.3
2 V EGPWS SCENARIOS 3.4.10
3.4.9,
3 V V STALL & UPSET RECOVERY AT LOW ALTITUDE FL70
3.7.1, 3.7.2
4 V DESCENT 3.8.1
5 V V V ILS - APP RW15, G/S FROM ABOVE 3.8.3.3
6 V 0:50 LANDING RWY CONTAMINATED 5.1
INIT FL 350
7 V V STALL (UPSET) RECOVERY AT HIGH ALTITUDE 3.4.9, 3.7.1
8 V V V EMERGENCY DESCENT 3.4.1, 3.6.6
9 V V V AT FL 100 - RESTORE
10 V V EBBR 25L RNP 3D APP TO LNAV/VNAV WITH DEVIATION 3.8.3.3
11 V V V GO AROUND 4.1
12 V V V EBBR 25L RNP 2D APP TO LNAV MINIMA 3.8.4
13 LANDING – LOSS OF BRAKING – RESTORE 3.4.12
1:50 Break

© BAA Training
Page: 6-34
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

TRK-FPA
Trainee No. 1 as PF

ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD
LST Comments
Training Events

INT HOLDING POINT LOWS RW15


14 V V 2:00 TAKE OFF,
15 V V V EGPWS SCENARIOS 3.4.10
16 V V V CRUISE FL70 - TCAS EVENT 3.6.9
3.4.9,
17 V V STALL & UPSET RECOVERY AT LOW ALTITUDE FL70
3.7.1, 3.7.2
18 V DESCENT
19 V V V ILS – RW15 G/S FROM ABOVE 3.8.3.3
20 3:00 LANDING RWY CONTAMINATED 5.1
INIT FL 350
21 V V V STALL (UPSET) RECOVERY AT HIGH ALTITUDE 3.4.9, 3.7.1
22 V V V AIR COND SMOKE 3.6.2
EMERGENCY LANDING PREPARATION FOR EBBR 25L
23 V V V
RNP
24 V V V AT FL 100 - RESTORE
25 V V EBBR 25L RNP 3D APP TO LNAV/VNAV WITH DEVIATION 3.8.3.3
26 V V V GO AROUND 4.1
27 V V V EBBR 25L RNP 2D APP TO LNAV MINIMA 3.8.4
28 LANDING – LOSS OF BRAKING – RESTORE 3.4.12
4:00 End

After completion LST ITEMS TO FILL: 2.3, 3.4.1, 3.4.9, 3.4.10, 3.4.12, 3.6.2, 3.6.6, 3.6.9, 3.7.1, 3.7.2, 3.8.1,
3.8.3.3, 3.8.4, 4.1, 5.1

© BAA Training
Page: 6-35
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.5.4 FFS – 4 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No FFS – 4
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


3 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
exercises for this session are either completed or Random Check by HT or DHT ☐ ___________________
listed in the free text box. Signature

☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 6-36
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-37
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.6 FFS – 5 Session


6.6.1 FFS – 5 Preparation

SESSION OBJECTIVE:

Handling with one ENG OUT


Study ALL ENG FLAME OUT
Heavy Weight Operations
Practice dual hydraulic failure
Practice crew incapacitation

SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA:

Ability to perform ENGINE FAILURE at take off procedure


Acceptable engine out procedure knowledge
Ability to handle the aircraft with no slats or flaps for landing

TRAINING TOPICS:

REVIEW:

GO AROUND
NPA
Exercises FCOM QRH FCTM
PRO-ABN-10
ENGINE FAILURE PR.AEP.ENG
PRO-ABN-70
ENGINE RELIGHT (IN FLIGHT) PRO-ABN-70 ABN-70 NIL
OVERWEIGHT LANDING PRO-ABN-80 ABN-80 PR.AEP.MISC
AUTO RETRACTION DSC-27-30 NIL
ENG STALL PRO-ABN-70 ABN-70 PR.AEP.ENG
INCAPACITATION PRO-ABN-80 PR.AEP.MISC
HYDRAULIC G + Y
PRO-ABN-29 ABN-29.03 PR.AEP.HYD
SYS LO PR SUMMARY
ENGINE FAILURE IN CRUISE PER-OEI-CRT PR.AEP.ENG
LANDING WITH SLATS / FLAPS JAMMED PRO-ABN-10 ABN-27 PR.AEP.FCTL
PRO-ABN-70
ALL ENGINE FLAME OUT (FORCED LANDING, DITCHING) ABN-70 PR.AEP.ENG
PRO-ABN-80

Session 5 specific CRM items

CRM - Element Sub - Element


Workload Management Time Management
Stress & Error Management

Stress and Error Management (Behavior Marker)

Aim to minimize negative effects of stress


Aim to minimize effects of errors
Realize the different stress level of individual crew members, including your own stress level

© BAA Training
Page: 6-38
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-39
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.6.2 FFS – 5 Session guide

2 Freeze POS and ALT at 500 ft after take off.


SRS commands satisfied, wings level, side stick released, feet off rudder pedals.
Select F/CTL page. Select IDLE thrust on one engine.
Adjust pitch attitude to that required by SRS (the current speed or V2, whichever is greater up to V2 + 15 kt).
Hands off: observe response of FBW system. Stabilized bank angle 7~9°, spoilers and ailerons deployed, rudder
pedals feedback, flying the pitch as adjusted before.
Side slip index is blue now and displays the BETA TARGET.
Fly the aircraft. Use continuous rudder input to center the BETA TARGET.
Trim out the foot load and observe the flight controls status on F/CTL page.
Repeat up to proficiency.
Transfer the controls to Trainee 2 and repeat exercises.

4 Engine fail with no damage. Engine relights

6 Engine fail with damage. Review APU bleeds architecture.

10 Review QRH: Engine Stall


FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


12 Fail one engine. When MCT set and ATHR disconnected, fail the other engine.
Relight successful below FL 200 using APU BLEED.
Reset all systems (RAT).

15 Flap auto retraction demonstration.

16 INIT TAKE OFF MTOW: Insert fuel quantity computed by the trainee.

23 Engine fail with no damage. Engine relights

24 Engine fail with damage. Review APU bleeds architecture.

27 Trainee 2 incapacitation: At 100ft the trainee 2 sets an unusual high pitch attitude and holds the stick control.
Emphasize the latching condition on trainee 1 side (more than 40 sec.).
Back to normal crew position when aircraft in clean configuration.

29 Insert a G + Y RESERVOIR low level

© BAA Training
Page: 6-40
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.6.3 FFS – 5 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* 230/10 CALM 1500 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 61 t
OVC005 5/1 QNH1013 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 5t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 56 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 32 %

CFM IAE
V1 142 TOGA - V1 140 TOGA -
VR 142 FLEX 66 VR 140 FLEX 69
V2 145 FLAPS 3 V2 143 FLAPS 3
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 1 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

LST Comments
Training Events

INIT TAKE OFF


1 V V TAKE OFF 2.1
2 V V 0:10 ENGINE OUT FAMILIARIZATION 3.4.0, 3.6.3
INIT TAKE OFF
3 V V TAKE OFF 2.1
4 V V 0:20 ENGINE FAIL AT V2 (ENG RELIGHT) 2.5.1, 3.6.3
INIT TAKE OFF
5 V V TAKE OFF + PM INCAPACITATION 2.1, 3.6.7
6 V V ENGINE FAIL BETWEEN V1 AND V2, HOLDING 2.5.2, 3.8.2
7 V V ILS ONE ENG OUT 3.8.3.4
8 0:45 LANDING ONE ENG OUT 5.5
INIT APPROACH FOB 5 t
9 V V LOC APPROACH G/S OUT 3.8.4
10 V V GO AROUND - ENGINE STALL + DAMAGE 4.4
11 V V 0:55 CLEAN UP - FREEZE
INIT FL 350
12 V ALL ENG FLAME OUT 3.4.0, 3.6.3
13 V 1:25 RESTORE AFTER ONE ENG RELIGHT USING APU BLEED 3.4.14
INIT TAKE OFF - MTOW - PACKS OFF
14 V V TAKE OFF - MTOW 2.4
15 V V V 1:35 AUTO-RETRACTION DEMO 3.4.6
INIT TAKE OFF - MTOW - PACKS OFF
16 V V TAKE OFF – MTOW 2.4
17 V V ENGINE FAIL WITH DAMAGE BETWEEN V1 AND V2 2.5.2
18 V V V ENGINE OUT CONTIGENCY PROCEDURE
19 V V V RADAR VECTORS
20 V V V V NPA – VOR DME – SELECTED – ONE ENG OUT 3.8.4
21 OVERWEIGHT LANDING – ONE ENG OUT 5.5
2:00 Break

© BAA Training
Page: 6-41
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

TRK-FPA
Trainee No. 2 as PF

ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD
LST Comments
Training Events

INIT TAKE OFF


22 V V 2:10 TAKE OFF 2.1
23 V V ENGINE FAIL AT V2 (ENGINE RELIGHT) 2.5.1, 3.6.3
INIT TAKE OFF
TAKE OFF – ENGINE FAIL BETWEEN V1 AND V2,
24 V V 2:20 2.5.2, 3.6.3
HOLDING
25 V V ILS – ONE ENG OUT 3.8.3.4
26 2:45 LANDING – ONE ENG OUT 5.5
INIT TAKE OFF
27 V V TAKE OFF – INCAPACITATION 3.6.7
28 V V V CLIMB 4500 ft 3.4.7
29 V V G + Y SYS LO PR 3.4.5
30 V V ILS – DIRECT LAW 5.2
3.4.13,
31 3:30 LANDING NO FLAPS
5.2, 5.4
INIT TAKE OFF - MTOW - PACKS OFF
32 V V TAKE OFF – MTOW 2.4
33 V V V 3:35 CLEAN UP
INIT TAKE OFF - MTOW - PACKS OFF
34 V TAKE OFF – MTOW 2.4
35 V ENGINE FAIL WITH DAMAGE BETWEEN V1 AND V2 2.5.2, 3.4.0
36 V V ENGINE OUT CONTIGENCY PROCEDURE
37 V V RADAR VECTORS
38 V V V NPA – VOR DME – SELECTED – ONE ENG OUT 3.8.4
39 LANDING – ONE ENG OUT – OVERWEIGHT 5.1
4:00 End

After completion LST ITEMS TO FILL: 2.1, 2.4, 2.5.1, 2.5.2, 3.4.0, 3.4.5, 3.4.6, 3.4.13, 3.4.14, 3.6.3, 3.6.7,
3.8.3.4, 3.8.2, 3.8.4, 5.2, 5.4, 5.5

© BAA Training
Page: 6-42
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.6.4 FFS – 5 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No FFS – 5
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


3 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 6-43
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-44
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.7 FFS – 6 Session


6.7.1 FFS – 6 Preparation

SESSION OBJECTIVE:

Practice EMER ELEC CONFIG procedure


Practice crew incapacitation
Practice Rejected Take Off
Practice flaps locked procedure
Familiarize with unreliable speed procedure

TRAINING TOPICS:

REVIEW:

LANDING WITH SLATS OR FLAPS JAMMED


INCAPACITATION
WINDSHEAR RECOVERY
TCAS PROCEDURE

SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA:

Ability to perform REJECTED TAKE OFF.


Ability to handle the aircraft with No Slats or No Flaps for landing.
Exercises FCOM QRH FCTM
EMER ELEC CONFIG PRO-ABN-24 ABN-24 PR.AEP.ELEC
UNRELIABLE SPEED PRO-ABN-34 ABN-34 PR.AEP.NAV
DUAL RA PRO-ABN-34 PR.AEP.NAV
ABNORMAL SLATS / FLAPS (WTB) PRO-ABN-27 ABN-27.01 PR.AEP.F.CTL
LANDING WITH SLATS OR FLAPS JAMMED PRO-ABN-10 ABN-27.01 PR.AEP.F.CTL
REJECTED TAKE OFF PRO-ABN-10 PR.AEP.F.MISC
IR DISCREPANCY PRO-ABN-34 NIL

Session 6 specific CRM items

CRM - Element Sub - Element


Situational Awareness & Decision Making Efficient Preparation
Efficient Processing
Efficient Interaction

Efficient Interaction (Behavior Marker)

Involve others in the process


Discuss discrepancies

© BAA Training
Page: 6-45
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.7.2 FFS – 6 Session guide

2 TCAS RA

6 Insert an engine failure at go around

9 At 900 ft QNH, insert a PITOT BLOCKED on F/O side + ADR 3 FAULT, then, at 1800 ft QNH, insert an
AIRSPEED CHANNEL ADR 1 FAULT.
Crew will apply MEMORY ITEMS.
When aircraft is stabilized, try to determine which ADRs are faulty; Following ADR
CHECK PROC (QRH)
When trajectory is under control, fly initial, intermediate and final approach.
This exercise should be treated as a demonstration.
Adjust the pitch to fly the required path then adjust thrust.

15 Insert RA 2 fault at 2000 ft and RA 1 fault at 4500 ft

22 If standard crew, insert AC BUS 1 + 2 Fault


- In case of 2 CAPT, repeat final approach
- In case of 2 F/O, disregard EMER ELEC exercise, freeze after TCAS event and perform next exercise
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


23 If non-standard crew use NAV IR 1+2 (1+3)(2+3) FAULT
Activate IR 1 or 2 FAULT. After switching to ATT mode by crew, instructor should deactivate IR FAULT. This will
allow continuing procedures for crew using QRH.

26 No rotation from PF.

27 Fail ELAC 1+2. When ECAM ACTIONS completed, fail SEC 1+2+3 to get the flight controls in mechanical back
up.
Let each trainee have a chance to fly the aircraft, short leg then a turn.
Emphasize the use of rudder.
Restore the systems when demo is completed.

32 Insert engine 2 flame out at 100 Kts

© BAA Training
Page: 6-46
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.7.3 FFS – 6 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* 230/10 CAVOK 20/15 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 61 t
QNH1013 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 5t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 56 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 30 %

CFM IAE
V1 144 TOGA - V1 142 TOGA -
VR 144 FLEX 66 VR 142 FLEX 69
V2 146 FLAPS 1+F V2 143 FLAPS 1+F
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 2 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

LST Comments
Training Events

INIT HOLDING POINT


1 V V TAKE OFF WINDSHEAR 3.6.5
2 V V V CLIMB FL 070 - TCAS EVENT 3.6.9
3 V V V CRUISE
4 V V DESCENT
5 V V LOC APPROACH G/S OUT 3.8.4
6 V V GO AROUND - ONE ENGINE OUT 4.4
7 V V 0:40 CLEAN UP - FREEZE
INIT TAKE OFF
8 V V TAKE OFF 2.1
9 V 1:10 UNRELIABLE SPEED INDICATION (DEMO) 3.4.2
INIT TAKE OFF
10 V V TAKE OFF
RA 2 FAULT, SLATS OR FLAPS JAMMED (DEMO AND
11 3.4.11
RESTORED)
12 V V RADAR VECTORS – 4500ft – RA 1 FAULT 3.4.11
13 V V ILS APP 3.8.3.2
14 1:30 LANDING (DIRECT LAW) 5.4
INIT TAKE OFF
15 V V TAKE OFF
16 V V ENG FIRE AT 100 KTS
17 REJECTED TAKE OFF 2.6
18 EMERGENCY EVACUATION
1:50 Break

© BAA Training
Page: 6-47
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

TRK-FPA
Trainee No. 1 as PF

ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD
LST Comments
Training Events

INIT TAKE OFF


19 V V 2:00 TAKE OFF – WINDSHEAR 3.6.5
20 V V V CLIMB 4500 ft - TCAS EVENT 3.6.9
21 V CRUISE
22 V EMER ELEC CONFIG (if standard crew) 3.4.4
23 NAV IR 1+2(1+3)(2+3) FAULT (if non-standard crew) 3.4.11
24 V ILS – RAW DATA – DIRECT LAW 3.8.3.1
25 2:45 LANDING 5.1
INIT TAKE OFF
26 V V TAKE OFF – INCAPACITATION (DEMO) 3.6.7
27 V V MECHANICAL BACKUP (DEMO) 3.6.8, 3.4.6
28 V V V V NPA - VOR DME SELECTED (TRK-FPA) 3.8.4
29 V V V FLAPS OR SLATS LOCKED BEFORE EXTENSION 3.4.13
30 3:30 LANDING NO FLAPS 5.4
INIT TAKE OFF
31 V V TAKE OFF 2.1
32 V V ENGINE FAIL AT 100 KTS 3.4.0
33 REJECTED TAKE OFF 2.6
4:00 End

After completion LST ITEMS TO FILL: 2.1, 2.6, 3.4.0, 3.4.2, 3.4.4, 3.4.6, 3.4.11, 3.4.13, 3.6.5, 3.6.7, 3.6.8,
3.6.9, 3.8.3.1, 3.8.3.2, 3.8.4, 4.4, 5.1, 5.4

© BAA Training
Page: 6-48
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.7.4 FFS – 6 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No FFS – 6
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


3 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
presented to the trainee and validated in Trainee
presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 6-49
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-50
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.8 FFS – 7 Session


6.8.1 FFS – 7 Preparation

SESSION OBJECTIVE:

Practice one engine out takeoffs and landings.


Practice engine fire procedure.
Practice EMERGENCY EVACUATION.
Study computerized FPLN, Load and Trim report.

TRAINING TOPICS:

REVIEW:

WIND SHEAR RECOVERY


ENGINE OUT PROCEDURE
REJECTED TAKE OFF
TCAS

SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA:

Apply standard operating procedures.


Demonstrate management of abnormal and emergency procedures to a satisfactory level to be "Ready for
next phase".

Exercises FCOM QRH FCTM


FUEL LEAK PRO-ABN-28 ABN-28.02 PR.AEP.FUEL
EMERGENCY EVACUATION PRO-ABN-90 ABN-80.C2 PR.AEP.MISC
ENG FIRE PRO-ABN-26 NIL
FMGS RESET PROC PRO-SUP-22-10 ABN-22.01A NIL

Session 7 specific CRM items

CRM - Element Sub - Element


Threat and Error Management (TEM) Threats
Anticipated Threats
Unexpected Threats
Latent Threats
Errors

Planning countermeasures: essential for managing anticipated and unexpected threats


Execution countermeasures: essential for error detection and error response
Review countermeasures: essential for managing the changing conditions of a flight

© BAA Training
Page: 6-51
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-52
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.8.2 FFS – 7 Session guide

Explain computerized F-PLN and Load & Trim Report

4 TCAS RA

6 Insert a fuel leak by reducing 1.6T to a right inner tank (advisory is coming)
Follow QRH logic assuming:
LEAK NOT LOCATED:
Actions...
CASE 1: IF ONE INNER TANK DEPLETES FASTER THAN THE OTHER BY AT LEAST 500 kg IN LESS THAN
30 MINUTES:
Actions....
- If leak stops
Actions.…
FOR LANDING read CAUTION

9 Insert A/P failure during go around.

12 INIT TAKE OFF: Prepare second leg F/PLN and store it. Insert crosswind 20 kts
FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


17 Insert tire burst and simulate LDG fire
(information coming from ATC and fire brigade).

19 INIT TAKE OFF - FMGC1 FAULT: MMEL discussed during briefing.

20 TCAS RA

21 FMGC 2 FAULT
Fly, navigate: Point out use of STBY NAV FUNCTION on RMP.

22 Restore FMGC 2 during manual computer reset, restore STBY NAV.

23 Insert extinguishable fire during descent.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-53
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.8.3 FFS – 7 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* 170/10 3000 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 61.0 t
OVC005 20/10 QNH1013 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 5t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ANTI ICE – ZFW 56 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor OFF ZFWCG 30 %

CFM IAE
V1 143 TOGA - V1 140 TOGA -
VR 143 FLEX 64 VR 140 FLEX 69
V2 143 FLAPS 1+F V2 142 FLAPS 1+F
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. 1 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

LST Comments
Training Events

INIT GATE
1 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
2 ENGINE START / AFTER START
3 V V 0:35 TAKE OFF – WINDSHEAR 3.6.5
4 V V CLIMB TCAS EVENT 3.6.9
5 V V V CRUISE
6 V V V FUEL LEAK 3.4.3
7 V V V ENG SHUT DOWN DUE TO FUEL LEAK
8 V V V V ILS ONE ENG OUT 3.8.3.4
9 V V GO AROUND - DUE TO G/S FAILURE 4.4
10 V V NPA ONE ENG OUT LOC ONLY 3.8.4
11 1:35 LANDING ONE ENG OUT 5.5
INIT TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND 20 kts
12 V V TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND 2.3
13 V V ENG FAIL BETWEEN V1 AND V2 2.5.2
14 V V ILS ONE ENG OUT
15 2:00 LANDING ONE ENG OUT - CROSSWIND 5.3
INIT TAKE OFF
16 V V TAKE OFF
17 TIRE BURST ON RTO AT 50 KTS - FIRE ON GROUND 3.4.12
18 EMERGENCY EVACUATION 3.6.1
2:15 Break

© BAA Training
Page: 6-54
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

TRK-FPA
Trainee No. 2 as PF

ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD
LST Comments
Training Events

INIT TAKE OFF - FMGC 1 FAULT


19 V V 2:25 TAKE OFF WINDSHEAR 3.6.5
20 V V CLIMB - TCAS EVENT 3.6.9
21 V V CRUISE FMGC 2 FAULT 3.4.11
22 V V V RESTORE
23 V V V DESCENT ENG FIRE 3.6.1
24 V V V V ILS APP ONE ENG OUT 3.8.3.4
25 V V V GO AROUND - ONE ENG OUT - DUE TO G/S FAILURE 4.4
26 V V NPA LOC ONLY - ONE ENG OUT 3.8.4
27 3:15 LANDING 5.5
INIT TAKE OFF – CROSSWIND 20 kts
28 V V TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND 2.3
29 V V ENGINE FIRE EXTINGUISHABLE 3.6.1
30 V V 3:40 ILS APP ONE ENG OUT - CROSSWIND
31 LANDING ONE ENG OUT - CROSSWIND 5.3
4:00 End

After completion LST ITEMS TO FILL: 2.3, 2.5.2, 3.4.3, 3.4.11, 3.4.12, 3.6.1, 3.6.5, 3.6.9, 3.8.3.4, 3.8.4, 4.4,
5.3, 5.5

© BAA Training
Page: 6-55
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.8.4 FFS – 7 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No FFS – 7
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


3 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
exercises for this session are either completed or
Open Item List checked: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
presented to the trainee and validated in Trainee
presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 6-56
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-57
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.9 Open Item List


TRAINEE

If any mandatory training items stated on the CAA Form could not be successfully completed during their
respective session or have to be repeated, the instructor must state those below for the next instructors to
see. Items on this list need to be covered during the following sessions and signed by the instructors that
successfully complete those items. Once completed those items also need to be signed on the relevant
CAA form.

COMPLETED
SESSION & DATE OPEN ITEM SESSION & DATE

INSTRUCTOR INSTRUCTOR
SHORT DESCRIPTION
NAME & SIGNATURE NAME & SIGNATURE

COMPLETED
COMPLETED
COMPLETED
COMPLETED
COMPLETED
COMPLETED

© BAA Training
Page: 6-58
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

COMPLETED
SESSION & DATE OPEN ITEM SESSION & DATE

INSTRUCTOR INSTRUCTOR
SHORT DESCRIPTION
NAME & SIGNATURE NAME & SIGNATURE

COMPLETED
COMPLETED
COMPLETED
COMPLETED
COMPLETED
COMPLETED
COMPLETED
COMPLETED

© BAA Training
Page: 6-59
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.10 Remedial FFS/FTD Session


WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD
EBBR25L 6/6/6* 230/10 CAVOK 20/15 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 66 t
QNH1013 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 6t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIRC OND – OFF, ZFW 60 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE - OFF ZFWCG 32 %

CFM IAE
V1 141 TOGA YES V1 142 TOGA YES
VR 141 FLEX - VR 142 FLEX -
V2 146 FLAPS 2 V2 147 FLAPS 2
TRK-FPA

Trainee No. __ as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

LST Comments
Training Events

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Trainee No. __ as PF
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

© BAA Training
Page: 6-60
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 6-61
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

6.10.1 Remedial FFS/FTD CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name & Remedial


Trainee No Session No
Surname FFS/FTD – __
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


3 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 6-62
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
6. HANDLING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 7-1
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
7. LOFT PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

7.1 FFS – 8 LOFT


7.1.1 Objectives

Conduct a complete flight in a realistic environment (Line Oriented Flight Training)


Build up the trainees’ confidence, so that they can safely operate the aircraft in a demanding environment.
Learn how to deal with high workload situations by practicing efficient workload management. This requires
good CRM and in particular:
Strict adherence to SOP's, Task sharing and Callouts for normal and abnormal conditions;
Optimal use of automation;
Anticipation, prioritization.

7.1.2 Scenarios

Scenarios should produce a busy environment but should never overload the crew.

A high workload environment can be induced by external factors – difficult airports, mountainous area, poor
weather… or by technical failures.

The LOFT scenario should not be designed as a captaincy check – emphasis should rather be placed on practicing
normal and abnormal procedures and on the management of workload – see objectives above.

City pairs should be chosen in order to have a flight time of about 40 minutes. Scenarios should include “simplified”
flight documentation consisting of flight plans and summarized weather and NOTAMs. Airports/Airways charts
should also be provided. If the trainees are not familiar with the airports used in the scenario, these charts will be
given to the trainees at least one day before the LOFT to give them time to study the specific airports.

7.1.3 Briefing

The flight briefing will begin 1 hour before the scheduled simulator start time and will take about 15 minutes.

The briefing consists of a quick review of:

The objectives,
The way the session will be conducted.
The proficiency criteria’s. The instructor should insist that the LOFT is not a check.
How to deal with abnormal situations. Fly, Navigate, Communicate, Manage…
The possible ways to manage workload; use of automation, task sharing, buying time by reducing speed,
holding…
How and when to communicate with ATC, cabin crew, passengers…
The aspects to consider when assessing different options. Safety, comfort and economy.

To preserve the realism of the session, the content of the scenario should not be explained.

The instructor will provide the flight documentation during the briefing. He will also ensure that the trainees have the
relevant airport/airways charts.

After the briefing, the crew will be left to study the documentation and to take the operational decisions required -
fuel load, etc.

Allow for a 10 min break before the start of the session.

The take-off time for the flight is considered to be 30 minutes after the simulator session starts.

© BAA Training
Page: 7-2
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
7. LOFT PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

If the session is performed with a non-standard crew of 2 inexperienced FO's, the instructor should provide some
assistance for the preparation of the flight. Departures, arrivals and approach procedures should also be reviewed in
order to reduce the workload in the simulator.

7.1.4 How to conduct the session?

The instructor will create an environment that is as realistic as possible.

Avoid repositioning, freeze, speedup.


Headsets and shoulder harnesses will be used as for a real flight.
The instructor will normally only interface with the crew as ATC controller, mechanic, purser...
Take note of the points to be debriefed. However, if a situation is not handled correctly, the instructor
should intervene to avoid cumulative effects with the following events. The crew should not be left to face
an excessive workload.
Simulator time left at the end of the LOFT sectors should be used to improve mandatory training events in view of
the skill test.

7.1.5 Debriefing

Debriefing is an essential part of the LOFT session.

Allow a short break before starting the debriefing.


Start by facilitating a discussion with the trainees
Ask oriented questions in order to have the crew to analyze and to find out the root causes of
their difficulties or errors. Especially on some CRM aspects*
During facilitation, key points are:
LISTEN to the trainees, REMAIN OBJECTIVE and NON-JUDGMENTAL

Then, announce if objectives are met or not


Thereafter, perform a quick chronological review of the events in order to debrief the technical aspects.
If available, the debriefing station should be used to illustrate the important points of the debriefing. Inserting events
markers during the session will help to avoid playing back uninteresting sequences.

Debriefing should not last more than 30 minutes.

7.1.6 Proficiency Criteria

The crew must demonstrate its capacity to:

Operate the aircraft safely and efficiently in a high workload environment – safety should never be
compromised.
Deal with emergency / abnormal situations
Maintain an efficient CRM in difficult situations.
Each pilot must demonstrate a good knowledge of the following points:
SOP's
Task sharing
Callouts
Aircraft systems and performances
Rules of the air and ATC phraseology
Since LOFT is the last session before the SKILL test, the instructor must assess the ability of each pilot to complete
the SKILL test successfully.

© BAA Training
Page: 7-3
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
7. LOFT PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

7.1.7 FFS – 8 LOFT CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No FFS – 8 LOFT
Surname
Session ☐ Remedial Training
Trainee License No
(if applicable) ☐ Renewal Training

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


3 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
exercises for this session are either completed or
Ready for the skill test: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: 7-4
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
7. LOFT PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 8-1
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
8. SKILL TEST PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

8.1 Skill Test


The skill test concludes the practical type rating training according to Part-FCL. Trainees shall demonstrate
knowledge of flight procedures, safe aircraft handling and efficient and correct handling of malfunctions according to
checklists. CRM constitutes an integrated part of Trainees’ knowledge and abilities.

Trainees shall prepare the planned aerodromes thoroughly. During the briefing, any possible uncertainties in the
route documentation shall be clarified together with the Examiner.

8.1.1 Skill Test CRM Items

CRM Element CRM Sub-Element


Communication Atmosphere
Information transfer
Information management
Leadership & teamwork Command ability
Team ability
Conflict management
Workload management Completion of tasks
Time management
Stress and error management
Situational awareness & decision-making Efficient preparation
Efficient processing
Efficient interaction
Threat and Error Management (TEM) Threats
Anticipated Threats
Unexpected Threats
Latent Threats
Errors

Note: CRM skills of all 5 main elements must be at an appropriate level during the skill test!

8.2 Documentation
The skill test must be documented on the official skill test form, issued by the respective Civil Aviation Authority.
“Respective authority” is the authority, which issues the Trainee’s license. If corresponding skill test form is not
available or not provided by the authority, skill test form issued by BAA Training (TM appendix Z) should be used.

The copy of skill test form shall be kept in student folder together with all other training documentation.

© BAA Training
Page: 8-2
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
8. SKILL TEST PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 9-1
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
9. BASE TRAINING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

9.1 General
Flight Training should be performed within 60 days after successfully completing simulator training and passing the
Skill test.

The take-off and landing training should include:

A) at least 4 landings in the case of MPAs where the student pilot has more than 500 hours of MPA
experience in aeroplanes of similar size and performance or, in all other cases, at least 6 landings;
B) at least one full-stop landing; and
C) one go-around with all engines operating.

The aeroplane training provided shall not exceed 2 hours.

The weather minima for base training instrument flights is ICAO CAT I minima plus a 200 feet cloud base and more
than 1000 meters RVR. For visual flights, the aerodrome minima must be at least at or above the aerodrome circling
minima and more than 200 feet for the cloud base.

Base Training is conducted by the respective airlines acting as subcontractor according to training program (ref.
TM 8.3 Base Training). The flights are conducted according to airline’s FOM B requirements. During the briefing
before the base training students have to be familiarized with these requirements.

Base training check elements are stated in the “Base Training Report” and evaluation in CBTA form.

9.1.1 Objective

In order to reply to questions raised by Airbus Operators concerning the use of ground spoilers during Base Training
and to harmonize the procedure, the following would be recommended:

Aircraft base training objective is intended to confirm the "transfer of knowledge" from the FFS to the
aircraft.
Additionally it gives the trainee the opportunity to experience for the first time the real aircraft
behavior in basic maneuvers such as landing, flare, derotation, etc. Therefore, we do recommend to
arm the spoilers during landing exercises in Base Training.

The detailed procedure is explained in item d. Touch and Go.

To summarize, upon landing, at nose wheel touch down, the TRI will disarm the spoilers by pushing on the
speedbrake lever to initiate the retraction sooner.

The purpose of this procedure instead of waiting for the automatic retraction while advancing the thrust levers is due
to the physical position of the thrust levers. Depending on the Fly-By-Wire aircraft, the automatic retraction will start
between a TLA ranging from 20° up to 35°, which is well above the setting for spool up of the engines.

Trainees should read the briefing to understand the content and requirements of the session. A full briefing will be
given by the TRI prior to the flight.

© BAA Training
Page: 9-2
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
9. BASE TRAINING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

9.1.2 Trainee Prerequisites

Before commencing flight training the pilot must have completed relevant parts of Simulator Training and Ground
Training courses.

9.1.3 Required Standard

The student must demonstrate her/his ability to operate the aircraft according to the AOM and make controlled
landings (Flight Tolerance Table in Article 5.1.4 - Flight Tolerance Table).

9.1.4 Schedule

Preflight briefing duration = 1:00

Upon arrival to an aircraft a walk around inspection shall be performed for training purposes under the supervision of
an instructor and recorded to training forms (Skill test form) (Part FCL Appendix 9).

9.1.5 Conduct of Training Flights

A. SEATING POLICY

Trainees will occupy their respective operating seats under the supervision of their instructor until cockpit
preparation is complete. The instructor will then occupy the appropriate non-flying pilot's seat. Normally,
Captain trainees will occupy the left seat, First Officer trainees the right seat.

B. FLIGHT TRAINING POLICY

As a general rule, all the items in the training syllabus should be completed and repeated, if necessary, until
proficiency is achieved.

a. Unauthorized Maneuvers

NO unauthorized maneuver which might jeopardize the safety of flight will be allowed. In addition, NO
demonstrations of the flight envelope protection systems will be intentionally carried out .

b. Check-lists

Full check-lists will be performed. The ECAM landing memo may then be used at instructor discretion
to replace full check-lists.

c. Accelerate / Stop

No acceleration / stop training will be conducted in the aircraft. The decision to reject a take-off during a
Base Training flight is made exclusively by the instructor who will immediately take over control of the
aircraft. A briefing in this regard will be made prior to flight and reinforced during the take-off briefing.

© BAA Training
Page: 9-3
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
9. BASE TRAINING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

d. Touch and Go

Touch and go are used to reduce the amount of training time wasted in taxying the aircraft back to the
holding point and awaiting take-off clearance. In order to maintain a high level of safety they must be
conducted in a properly disciplined manner. The following technique is to be used :

Prior to EVERY touch and go, the instructor will confirm with the trainee that:

- reverse thrust will not be used


- brakes (auto or manual) will not be used

The trainee will: - land the nosewheel after main gear touchdown (which also allows pitch trim reset)

- track the runway centerline using rudder pedal inputs only

The instructor will: - disarm spoilers (1)

- call “STAND UP”

The trainee will: - advance the thrust levers approximately 2" (5 cm) forward (to prevent engines reducing to ground
idle).

The instructor will: - move the flap handle to position 2 detent and confirm the flaps are running

- reset the rudder trim if necessary


- monitor the forward movement of the pitch trim
- place one hand behind the thrust levers ensuring they are advanced approximately 2" (5 cm)
- call “GO” when aircraft is in the correct configuration (rudder trim, pitch trim, flaps)

The trainee will: - advance the thrust levers to the TOGA detent

- maintain the runway centerline

The instructor will: - monitor engine acceleration

- check FMA (when appropriate)


- check TOGA thrust obtained and call " THRUST SET"
- call "ROTATE" at VAPP
- maintain his hand behind the thrust levers to ensure no inadvertent reduction of power or no
unwanted stop

The trainee will: – rotate the aircraft to the pitch attitude 15°, then follow SRS

The instructor will: – call for “CLB thrust”, following rear retraction

The trainee will: – move the thrust levers to the CLB detent and read the FMA (THR / SRS / GA TRK / A/THR).

(1) NOTE: At nose wheel touch down, the instructor disarms the spoilers by pushing on the SPEEDBRAKE lever.
The objective is to initiate the immediate spoiler retraction and not to wait their automatic retraction while advancing
the thrust levers.

Disarm the spoilers with care, in order to avoid moving the SPEEDBRAKE lever. If the SPEEDBRAKE lever is not in
the fully retracted position, SPD BRK NOT RETRACTED config warning will trigger and the SPEEDBRAKE lever will
possibly command speed brakes extension. As per aircraft logic, spoilers automatically retract when thrust levers
are set above CLB detent.

© BAA Training
Page: 9-4
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
9. BASE TRAINING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

At acceleration altitude or ALT*, whichever occurs first, and faster than F speed: select FLAP 1 and S speed.
Approach may be activated at this stage. (See following diagram)

Touch and Go (END)

Following gear retraction the instructor will call for CLB thrust.
The trainee will move the thrust levers to the CLB detent (the FMA will read THR CLB | SRS | GA TRK).
At acceleration altitude or ALT*, whichever occurs first, and F speed : select FLAP 1 and S speed. Approach
may be activated at this stage.

Emergencies:

If the instructor wishes to abandon the touch and go he will call "STOP" simultaneously taking control of the aircraft
and bring it to a halt using maximum braking and reverse. Once the aircraft has stopped he will call for any
appropriate ECAM actions. The decision to discontinue a touch and go after the application of TOGA must only be
taken if the instructor is certain that the aircraft cannot safely fly.

Remember there is no V1 on a touch and go. Note that the take-off configuration warning may sound if the
application of TOGA is made while the flaps or pitch trim are resetting but still outside the take-off range.

e. Radio Communications / External Lookout

The instructor is responsible for all radio communications and maintaining a visual lookout for
conflicting air traffic. The trainees (including the observer in the jump seat) should be
encouraged to back up the instructor in this regard and to immediately inform him of any
potential conflict.

© BAA Training
Page: 9-5
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
9. BASE TRAINING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

f. Next Exercise

The instructor will inform the trainee of the next exercise to be performed during the downwind leg, and
he will confirm the trainees' understanding of this exercise. During each approach, the instructor will
remind the trainee whether a full stop, a touch and go, or a go around will be performed.

g. Instructor Take-over

1. In Flight:

On the A320/A330/A340 there is no intermediate step for corrections between voice recommendations (oral
guidance) and total take-over by pressing the push-button on the side stick. Because of the nature of the "fly-by-
wire" system, additive control inputs by the instructor may be of negative value for instruction purposes and can
generate confusion in the handling of the trajectory. This should be emphasized and reviewed with the trainees
during the preflight briefing. If take-over becomes necessary during the flight, instructor will clearly call "I HAVE
CONTROL" and press side stick priority pushbutton. The trainee will acknowledge by calling "YOU HAVE
CONTROL", release the side stick and observe the red arrow on the side stick priority panel on the glare shield.
Instructor will keep his side priority pushbutton depressed until the aircraft is under full control and it is safe to return
control to the trainee. However, there may be cases where it is necessary to apply back stick without warning in
case of a very late flare. It must be emphasized that a take-over is a very rare occurrence and that if a take-over is
necessary the trainee should not regard this as a negative development but the normal take-over method for an
A320.

2. On Ground:

It should be emphasized that the nosewheel steering tiller should NOT be used at high speeds (GS > 30 kt)
because of over controlling. Steering inputs from both tillers are additive, and corrective inputs by the instructor can
be confusing and potentially dangerous. Should a take-over be necessary, the instructor will immediately call out "I
HAVE CONTROL", and if necessary, be prepared to use differential braking to regain control or bring the aircraft to a
stop.

h. Fuel Management

For normal Flight Training sessions, 15 tonnes will be the normal fuel load for flights not requiring
positioning. If for operational reasons or for training flights requiring positioning, more fuel is loaded, the
auto mode of fuel feeding will be used. This means that during circuit training the centre tank fuel will
not normally be used and a non-standard fuel loading will result i.e. fuel in the centre tank with inner
tank cells not full. The maximum centre tank fuel added to an average aircraft empty weight will never
exceed the maximum zero fuel weight. If extended circuit training is required, centre tank fuel may be
utilised (if necessary by selecting AUTO/MAN P/B to MAN) at any part of the flight except the take-off
or touch and go. The above procedure is to be used until the publication of a Flight Manual derogation
allowing the centre tank to feed during training take-offs and touch and go's.

i. Automatic Landings

For demonstration purposes, instructors may carry out automatic landings provided the weather and
the ILS meet CAT 1 criteria or better. The instructor should be prepared to take manual control
immediately if the flight path or roll out deviate. Trainees should be reminded of all the conditions and
limitations required prior to conducting an automatic landing during low visibility procedure.

NOTE: See FCOM references for limitations on the use of the automatic landing system.

© BAA Training
Page: 9-6
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
9. BASE TRAINING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

j. FMGS Use

The FMGS should be initialised for the intended flight either by database company route or by waypoint
and PBD. Managed lateral navigation may be used to intercept the first ILS assisted approach and
when weather makes visual flight impossible. All visual circuits should be flown with FDs off and FPV
selected. The fact that the approach and runway will remain displayed is of considerable assistance for
positioning the aircraft on final approach.

k. Cockpit Preparation and Engine Start

The trainee crew will occupy the left and right seat for cockpit preparation with the instructor
supervising from the jumpseat. Just prior to engine start the instructor will occupy either the right or the
left seat.

l. Taxi

Little if any power above idle thrust will be required to get the aircraft moving at training weights. Thrust
should be used symmetrically. Avoid high thrust settings at low ground speeds due to the risk of
ingestion. Avoid placing engines over unconsolidated or unprepared ground e.g. over the edge of
taxiways. Brakes may be checked once the aircraft is moving and thereafter the normal maximum taxi
speed should be 30 kt in a straight line, 10 kt for a sharp turn. As pilot eye height at 15 ft in higher than
many other aircraft, monitor HD ground speed displays to help assess taxi speed. As pilot eye height at
15 ft in higher than many other aircraft, monitor HD ground speed displays to help assess taxi speed.
Do not "ride" the brakes, as 30 kt is exceeded, apply brakes smoothly and decelerate to 10 kt, release
the brakes and allow the aircraft to accelerate again.

NOTE: Use of engine anti-ice increases ground idle thrust, care must be taken on slippery surfaces.
Nosewheel steering is also fly-by-wire. The inputs of the nosewheel steering tillers are additive (just like
the sidestick).

Care is needed to steer the aircraft smoothly with small tiller inputs. Sharp turns particularly need care
as the rate of response of the nosewheel to tiller input is not linear.

m. Take-off

Half forward stick is used at the commencement of the take-off run. For crosswind take-off, use of into-
wind aileron is not recommended. In strong crosswind conditions, small amounts of lateral control may
be used to maintain wings level, but the pilot should avoid using excessive amounts. This causes
excessive spoiler deployment, which increases the aircraft tendency to turn into wind. A two stage
power application to TOGA or FLEX is made and the aircraft is kept straight by use of the rudder. At
150 130 150 kt the connection between the nosewheel steering and the rudder pedals is removed (the
nosewheel now centralizes). The down elevator input may be gently removed by 100 kt.

At VR, use a constant pitch rate of about 3°/sec and rotate to a typical all-engine attitude of about 15°.
If some lateral control has been applied on the ground, center the side stick during rotation so that the
aircraft gets airborne with a zero roll rate demand.
After lift off, follow the SRS pitch command bar.
If one engine has failed, at VR, rotate the aircraft smoothly, using a continuous pitch rate to an initial pitch
attitude of 12.5°.

© BAA Training
Page: 9-7
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
9. BASE TRAINING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

n. Initial Climb

Having confirmed a positive rate of climb, the gear is retracted and the aircraft climbs away following
the FD commands. Care should be taken to restrict control inputs to those necessary to change or
correct the flight path only i.e. avoid over controlling.

At thrust Reduction Altitude "CLB" will flash on the upper left portion (ATHR) of the PFD. Move the
thrust levers to the CLB detent (two "clicks" from TOGA or one "click" from FLEX). Do not do this too
slowly or there is a risk that the ATHR may disconnect. The autothrust is now active. At acceleration
altitude or ALT*, whichever occurs first, and F speed: select FLAP 1 and S speed. Approach may be
activated at this stage.

o. Circuit Handling

Remember that in pitch the side stick is demanding "g load" and that in roll it is demanding roll rate. All
visual circuits MUST be flown with FDs off and FPV selected, bank angle should be limited
to 30°. It is usual to switch FDs off at the beginning of the downwind leg. Use of managed speed is
normal procedure as well as use of auto thrust. The standard timing of 3 sec per 100 ft above AAL and
corrected for wind by 1 sec per 1 kt may be used from abeam the end of the runway prior to turning
base leg. Turning base leg (end of timing), select F2, gear down and spoilers armed. The most useful
PFD display is the raw FPV symbol to assist in setting the aircraft up on the correct downwind,
approach path, to maintain altitude and to avoid gross errors.

NOTE: With the FDs off the speed target remains magenta VAPP target.

p. Final Approach and Landing

ILS guidance may be used, if available, for the first ILS assisted visual approach, after this the use of the ILS
should be restricted. Trainees are required to demonstrate their ability to fly a visual approach without ILS or
VASI guidance. The FDs are not to be used for visual approaches. The FPV symbol is the most useful aid to
establish the correct approach path. Auto thrust is normally used, again however, trainees must demonstrate
their ability to fly the approach using both manual and automatic thrust. The speed trend arrow is particularly
useful for achieving timely and correct thrust response. Care should be exercised to avoid descent through
the correct approach path with idle thrust. Late recognition of this situation without prompt thrust increase may
lead to considerable speed decay and altitude loss. Endeavour to have the aircraft "stabilized" by 500' AGL,
that is on the correct approach path at VAPP (and correct configuration) with the appropriate thrust applied ; if
stabilization is not achieved, a go around should be considered. Avoid any tendency to "duck under" in the
later stages of the approach. One dot below the glide at 50' is 14' below the ideal glide path, 2 dots is 28'.
When the aircraft's glideslope antenna is at 50' the main gear is at 37' 32’32’ AGL and at threshold the main
gear is at 34 2828 '. In any event, avoid destabilization of the approach in the last 100' to give the best chance
of achieving a good touchdown at the required position.

q. Flare and Landings

1. Standard Landings:

The pilot's view from the cockpit during approach and landing is particularly good. The cockpit cut off angle is 20°
which gives a superb view of the runway close to the aircraft. Students must make sure that they look well ahead
during the flare and landing to enhance their ability to judge the position of the aircraft relative to the ground. At 20'
"Retard" will be called. Reduce the thrust levers promptly to idle. Commence a gentle progressive flare and allow
the aircraft to touch down without a prolonged floating flare. Do not attempt to "hold the aircraft off" as considerable
float may be followed by a hard touchdown.

© BAA Training
Page: 9-8
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
9. BASE TRAINING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

2. Crosswind Landings:

Either the "forward slip" or the "decrab" technique may be used. The preferred technique is the decrab method ;
allow the aircraft to point into wind, pushing it straight with gentle use of rudder during the flare. If the decrab is
gentle, little use of into wind aileron will be required if any. For rapid decrab using large or fast rudder inputs, the
aircraft will roll conventionally and aileron side stick inputs will be required.

REMEMBER the side stick demands roll rate, once the wings are level centre the side stick.

3. Caution

Avoid flaring high and prolonged "hold offs". Tail strike will occur if the pitch attitude exceeds the value given in SOP
Vol 3 “Normal Operations” - Chapter “Landing” - ground clearance diagram and in FCOM Bulletin.

9.2 Documentation
Documents, forms and additional information to be carried as described in the list of documents Airline’s OM Part A.

© BAA Training
Page: 9-9
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
9. BASE TRAINING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

9.3 Base Training


FLIGHT CREW BRIEFING:

REVIEW OF CRM REQUIREMENTS


SOP AND STANDARD CALL-OUTS
NORMAL PROCEDURES – ABN / EME PROCEDURES

LESSON CONTENT Comments


Flight preparation, Pre-flight Inspection and External Walk-around
Engine Start – Taxi out
Take-off Flaps conf. 1 or 2
Coupled ILS /Landing Profile, Touch-and-go
Visual Circuit Touch-and-go
Visual Circuit Go – around
Visual Circuit Touch-and-go
Visual Circuit Touch-and-go (if applicable)
Visual Circuit Touch-and-go (if applicable)
Visual Circuit, Landing – Full stop
After Landing Procedures, Taxi-in, Engine Shut-down, Parking
Standard call-outs
Post-flight procedures
CRM
Responsibility of the PF

According to AMC2 ORA.ATO.125 (k) Take-off and landing training should include:

at least 4 landings in the case of MPAs where the student pilot has more than 500 hours of MPA
experience in aeroplanes of similar size and performance or, in all other cases, at least 6 landings;
one go-around with all engines operating;
at least one full-stop landing.

© BAA Training
Page: 9-10
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
9. BASE TRAINING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 9-11
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
9. BASE TRAINING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

9.3.1 Base training CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Session No Base training
Surname
Session
Trainee License No ☐ Remedial
(if applicable)

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

A/C registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties PF


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


3 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature

© BAA Training
Page: 9-12
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
9. BASE TRAINING PHASE Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 10-1
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
10. ZERO FLIGHT TIME TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

10.1 General
10.1.1 Goal of Course

Zero Flight Time Training (ZFTT) program allows for experienced pilots to complete type rating training course on
full flight simulator instead of doing Base Training. This training session may only be conducted upon successful
completion of corresponding type rating skill test.

10.1.2 Program Accordance

This training program was designed by and meets all the ZFTT requirements set by FCL.730.A, ORO.FC.220 (d)
and ORO.FC.145(d).

10.1.3 Approval

Approval for ZFTT, as specified in Part-FCL, shall only be given to ATOs that also have the privileges to conduct
commercial air transport operations or ATOs having specific arrangements with commercial air transport operators.

Approval for ZFTT shall only be given if the operator has at least 90 days of operational experience on the
aeroplane type.

In the case of ZFTT provided by an ATO having a specific arrangement with an operator, the 90 days of operational
experience requirements will not apply if the type rating instructor (TRI(A)) involved in the additional take-offs and
landings, as required in Part-ORO, has operational experience on the aeroplane type.

10.1.4 Initial Approval

For an initial approval to conduct ZFTT, the operator should have held an air operator's certificate commercial air
transport for at least 1 year. This period may be reduced where the operator anthem ATO have experience of type
rating training.

10.1.5 Responsibilities of Operator

Before starting ZFTT, operator has to:

Become familiar with ZFTT program and its requirements;


Make sure that the type of flight simulator is the same as the aircraft flown by the operator.

10.1.6 Required Experience for Pilots

A pilot undertaking ZFTT course shall have completed, on a multi-pilot turbo-jet transport category aeroplane or on a
multi-pilot turbo-prop aeroplane having a MTOM of not less than 10 tonnes or an approved passenger seating
configuration of more than 19 passengers, at least:

1500 hours flight time or 250 route sectors if a flight simulator qualified to level CG, C or interim C is used
during the course; or
500 hours flight time or 100 route sectors if a flight simulator qualified to level DG, Interim D or D is used
during the course.
When a pilot is changing from a turbo-prop to a turbo-jet aeroplane or from a turbo-jet to a turbo-prop aeroplane,
additional simulator training shall be required.

© BAA Training
Page: 10-2
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
10. ZERO FLIGHT TIME TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

10.1.7 Requirements for Full Flight Simulator

The flight simulator to be used shall be qualified in accordance with CS–FSTD(A) and user approved for ZFTT by
the Authority. User approval will only be given if the flight simulator is representative of the aeroplane flown by the
operator.

The flight simulator approved for ZFTT shall be serviceable according to the quality system criteria of the STD
operator. Some equipment may be unserviceable provided that it is not required during the simulator lesson. The
motion and the visual shall be fully serviceable.

10.1.8 Additional Requirements for ZFTT Trainings and Operations

A pilot, undertaking a Zero Flight Time Training (ZFTT ) course, shall:

Commence Line Flying Under Supervision as soon as possible within 21 days after completion of the skill
test (if Line Flying Under Supervision has not been commenced within the 21 days, the operator shall
provide appropriate training acceptable to the Authority);
Complete at least six take-offs and landings in a flight simulator, qualified in accordance with the
requirements applicable to Synthetic Training Devices and user approved by the Authority, not later than
21 days after the completion of the skill test. ZFTT simulator session shall be conducted by a Type Rating
Instructor for Aeroplanes ( TRI (A)) occupying a pilot’s seat (left seat in case of training of co-pilot, right
seat in case of training a PIC). When recommended by a Joint Operational Evaluation Board (JOEB) and
approved by the Authority, the number of take-offs and landings may be reduced. If these take-offs and
landings have not been performed within the 21 days, the operator shall provide refresher training
acceptable to the Authority;
Conduct the first four take-offs and landings of the LIFUS in the aeroplane under the supervision of a TRI
(A) occupying a pilot’s seat. When recommended by a Joint Operational Evaluation Board (JOEB) and
approved by the Authority, the number of take-offs and landings may be reduced.

10.1.9 Documentation

Upon completion of ZFTT training, respective session blank must be filled by instructor and corresponding record on
the course completion certificate (or Appendix) must be made.

© BAA Training
Page: 10-3
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
10. ZERO FLIGHT TIME TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

10.2 Simulator Training


10.2.1 Objective

The objective of Zero Flight Time simulator Training is:

To practice take-off and landing maneuvers with emphasis on landing flare and ground handling;
To provide more experience of piloting the aircraft;
To check if the student meets the required standard.

10.2.2 Required Standard

The trainee must demonstrate safe control and operation of the aircraft according to the AOM. Each item in the
ZFTT simulator training report shall serve as a check of progress and achievement of the required standard.

10.2.3 Content

This simulator session shall be conducted by a TRI(A) occupying a corresponding pilot’s seat.

During the ZFTT session, 6 take-offs and landings must be made (or 8 when a pilot is changing from a turbo-prop to
a turbo-jet aeroplane). Consideration of varying conditions should be given:

Runway surface conditions;


Runway length;
Flap setting;
Power setting;
Crosswind and turbulence conditions;
MTOW and ML

Additional information (Instructor guidance):

The session at least 1:30 hours per pilot (or 2:00 / per pilot when a pilot is changing from a turbo-prop to a
turbo-jet aeroplane).
The ZFTT session shall be conducted by a TRI(A), who occupies the left seat in case of co-pilot training or
right seat in case of PIC training.
Do not use Fuel Freeze.
RECALL SIMSOFT after each reposition. Check all data as per notes including T/O performance and wind.
Advise trainee not to touch the FMS on respositioning till the SIMSOFT RECALL is complete.
Confirm cockpit setup prior to each departure.
The landings should be conducted as full-stop landings.
The session should be flown in normal operation.
Special attention should be paid to the taxiing technique.
Additional training events are mandatory for pilots is changing from a turbo-prop to a turbo-jet aeroplane or
from a turbo-jet to a turbo-prop aeroplane

Attention:

Wind, runway and weight conditions vary for each scenario;


Circuit directions for CM1 and CM2 different;
A/THR use varies throughout the ZFFT exercises.

© BAA Training
Page: 10-4
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
10. ZERO FLIGHT TIME TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 10-5
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
10. ZERO FLIGHT TIME TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

10.3 ZFTT Simulator Training


3 hours session: 1:30 hours per pilot, or

4 hours session: 2 hours per pilot (when a pilot is changing from a turbo-prop to a turbo-jet aeroplane)

LH RH
Time No. Visual RWY COND WIND Observations ATHR
Pattern Pattern
Day 6/6/6 Dry 45°Right / 25 kt Light turbulence CM1 CM2
TOW=MLW Conf 1+F V1= VR= V2= Flex=
1 TAXI – NORMAL – 90° ONTO RWY EBBR 25R/L
2 TAKE – OFF
ON
3 VISUAL CIRCUIT – ILS ASSISTED
0:25 4 LANDING CONF FULL – RWY 25L/25R – VACATE THE RUNWAY
Day 6/6/6 Dry 45°Right / 25 kt Light turbulence CM1 CM2
TOW=MTOW Conf 2 V1= VR= V2= TOGA
5 Holding Point Position – TAKE-OFF 25R/L
6 VISUL CIRCUIT – NON ILS ASSISTED AT MLW OFF
0:35 7 LANDING CONF FULL – RWY 25R/25L – VACATE THE RUNWAY
Day 6/6/6 Dry 45°Right / 25 kt Light turbulence CM1 CM2
TOW=Min ZFW+6T Conf 3 V1= VR= V2= Flex=
8 Holding Point Position – TAKE-OFF 25R/L
9 VISUAL CIRCUIT – NON ILS ASSISTED OFF
0:50 10 LANDING CONF FULL – RW25R/L – VACATE THE RUNWAY
Day 6/6/6 Dry Tailwind / 10 kt Light turbulence CM1 CM2
TOW = MLW Conf 3 V1= VR= V2= TOGA
11 Holding Point Position – TAKE-OFF 25R/L
12 VISUAL CIRCUIT – NON ILS ASSISTED OFF
1:00 13 LANDING CONF FULL – RWY 25R/L – VACATE THE RUNWAY
Day 5/5/5 Wet 45°Left / 25 kt Mod.turbulence CM1 CM2
TOW=Min ZFW+6T Conf 1+F V1= VR= V2= TOGA
14 Holding Point Position – TAKE-OFF 25R/L
15 VISUAL CIRCUIT – NON ILS ASSISTED ON
1:15 16 LANDING CONF 3 – RWY 25R/L – VACATE THE RUNWAY
Day 5/5/5 Wet 45°Left / 25 kt Mod.turbulence CM1 CM2
TOW=MTOW Conf 3 V1= VR= V2= TOGA
17 Holding Point Position – TAKE-OFF 25R/L
18 VISUAL CIRCUIT – NON ILS ASSISTED AT MLW ON
1:30 19 LANDING CONF 3 – RWY 25R/L – VACATE THE RUNWAY

© BAA Training
Page: 10-6
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
10. ZERO FLIGHT TIME TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

ADDITIONAL TRAINING (if applicable)

Applicable only when a pilot is changing from a turbo-prop to a turbo-jet aeroplane

LH RH
Time No. Visual RWY COND WIND Observations ATHR
Pattern Pattern
Day 5/5/5 Wet 45°Left / 25 kt Mod. turbulence CM1 CM2
TOW=MLW Conf 2 V1= VR= V2= TOGA
1:30 20 Holding Point Position – TAKE-OFF 25R/L
21 VISUAL CIRCUIT – ILS ASSISTED – G/A DUE TO WINDSHEAR ON
1:45 22 LANDING CONF 3 – RWY 25L/25R – VACATE THE RUNWAY
Day 5/5/5 Wet 45°Left / 25 kt Mod. turbulence CM1 CM2
TOW=MLW Conf 3 V1= VR= V2= Flex=
Holding Point Position – TAKE-OFF 25R/L – WINDSHEAR AFTER
23
TAKE-OFF
ON
24 VISUL CIRCUIT – NON ILS ASSISTED
2:00 25 LANDING CONF3 – RWY 25R/25L VACATE THE RUNWAY

© BAA Training
Page: 10-7
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
10. ZERO FLIGHT TIME TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

10.3.1 ZFTT training CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No ZFTT
Surname
Session
Trainee License No ☐ Remedial
(if applicable)

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


3 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature

© BAA Training
Page: 10-8
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
10. ZERO FLIGHT TIME TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: 11-1
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
11 . REFRESH SKILL TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

11.1 General
11.1.1 Goal of Course

Refresh Skill Training before Base Training program allows pilots to refresh maneuver which are included into a
Type Rating Training Course on full flight simulator.

11.1.2 Requirements for Pilots

A pilot undertaking Refresh Skill Training shall have completed the Type Rating Training Course and have passed
the Skill Test.

Additionally:

1. The training session may be conducted after a suspension from 60 days up to 6 months after the successful
completion of the Type Rating Skill Test when no ZFTT Program is required.

OR

2. The training session may be conducted after the 21 days term has lapsed between the skill test and the Line
Flight Under Supervision (LIFUS) when ZFTT program is adopted and requested by an operator according
ORO.FC.220;

11.1.3 Documentation

Upon completion of Refresh Skill Training, the respective session blank must be filled by instructor and
corresponding record on the Course Completion Certificate shall be issued.

© BAA Training
Page: 11-2
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
11 . REFRESH SKILL TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

11.2 Simulator Training


11.2.1 Objective

The objective of Refresh Skill Training is:

To practice take-off and landing maneuvers with emphasis on landing flare and ground handling;
To practice ILS RAW Data and Visual Circuits, handling the aircraft manually;
To provide more experience of piloting the aircraft;
To check if the student meets the required standard.

11.2.2 Required Standard

The trainee must demonstrate safe control and operation of the aircraft according to the AOM . Each item in Refresh
Skill Training report shall serve as a check of progress and achievement of the required standard.

11.2.3 Content

This simulator session shall be conducted by a TRI (A) occupying a corresponding pilot’s seat.

During Refresh Skill Training, at least six take-offs and landings must be made.

Consideration of handling skills conditions should be given:

Ability in keeping the aircraft inside the tolerance parameters;


Ability in safely conduct the flight in manual handling with or without A/THR;
Correct approach angle in visual;
Correct management of A/THR setting during approaches;
Correct aircraft management in crosswind conditions;
Developing technique of touch-and-go maneuver.

Additional information:

Refresh Skill Training session shall be conducted by a TRI(A), who occupies the left seat in case of co-pilot
training or right seat in case of PIC training.
The session at least 3 hours minimum.
The session should be flown in normal operation.
Special attention should be paid to the landing technique.

© BAA Training
Page: 11-3
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
11 . REFRESH SKILL TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

11.2.4 Refresh Skill Training (if required)

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 230/10 CAVOK 20/15 Q1013 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 68 t
ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 8t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ANTI ICE ZFW 60 t
- OFF ZFWCG 32 %

CFM IAE
V1 143 TOGA YES V1 144 TOGA YES
VR 143 FLEX - VR 144 FLEX -
V2 148 FLAPS 2 V2 149 FLAPS 2
TRK-FPA

Trainee as PF
ATHR

Time
No.

AP
FD

Comments
Events

INIT HOLDING POINT (EBBR RWY 25R)


1 V V ROLLING T.O. - FLAP 1 – FLEX T.O.
2 V V RADAR VECTORS
3 V V ILS (EBBR RWY 25R) – RAW DATA
4 0:20 LANDING FULL STOP
INIT TO POSITION – XWind 15KT
5 V V 0:23 STATIC T.O. – FLAP 2 – FLEX T.O.
6 V V VISUAL CIRCUIT 1500 ft AAL
7 V 0:40 TOUCH & GO
8 V VISUAL CIRCUIT 1500 ft AAL
9 V 0:55 LANDING F3 – MODERATE X-WIND FULL STOP
INIT TO POSITION – XWind 15KT
10 V V 0:58 STATIC T.O. – FLAP 2 - TOGA
11 V VISUAL CIRCUIT 1500 ft AAL
12 V 1:15 TOUCH & GO
13 V VISUAL CIRCUIT 1500 ft AAL
14 V V V 1:30 TOUCH & GO
15 V V VISUAL CIRCUIT 1000ft AAL
16 1:45 LANDING FULL STOP

© BAA Training
Page: 11-4
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
11 . REFRESH SKILL TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

TRK-FPA
Trainee as PF

ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD
Comments
Events

INIT TO POSITION – XWind 25KT


17 V V 1:48STATIC T.O. – FLAP 2 - TOGA
18 V VISUAL CIRCUIT 1500 ft AAL
19 V 2:05GO AROUND
20 V VISUAL CIRCUIT 1500 ft AAL
21 2:20 TOUCH & GO
22 VISUAL CIRCUIT 1000 ft AAL
23 2:30 LANDING FULL STOP
INIT TO POSITION – XWind 25KT
24 V V 2:35STATIC T.O. – FLAP 2 – FLEX T.O.
25 V RADAR VECTORS
26 V ILS (EBBR RWY 25R) – RAW DATA
27 V 3:00LANDING FULL STOP

© BAA Training
Page: 11-5
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
11 . REFRESH SKILL TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

11.2.5 Refresh Skill Training CBTA Form & Session records (if required)

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No Refresh – ___
Surname
Session
Trainee License No ☐ Remedial
(if applicable)

Aircraft type A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


3 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
presented to the trainee and validated in Trainee
presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature

© BAA Training
Page: 11-6
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
11 . REFRESH SKILL TRAINING Issue/ Rev: 7/0

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-1
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.1 General


The course is designed to transition qualified pilots within the Airbus “Fly-by-Wire” family. A CCQ course is a course
which only addresses the differences between the base aircraft and the difference aircraft.

Important: Pilots entering this course must be highly knowledgeable on base aircraft systems. The Ground school
part is only dedicated to difference study but the final system test is identical to the one required for a standard type
rating course. The instructor who conducts courses must hold a valid TRI or SFI A320 license.

NOTE: Transition courses are performed on a basic variant aircraft, the A320, which covers the A320 family (A318 /
A319 / A320 / A321).

A330 to A320.2 Course Objective


Throughout the training the goal is to teach the crew for all A330/A320 differences to carry out tasks proficiently,
safely and efficiently, in accordance with approved procedures.

A330 to A320.3 Prerequisites


The A330 to A320 CCQ course is designed for pilots with valid A330 or A340 type rating with 3 months and 150
hours of A330 or A340 experience.

Note 1: It is highly recommended that operators ensure that crews have a very good knowledge of base aircraft
systems prior to commencing a CCQ course, as the training program only presents the differences between the 2
types.
Note 2: Pilots without a valid LPC on the base aircraft may be eligible for CCQ via a refresher programme to be
approved by their NAA.

A330 to A320.4 Course Description and Summary


This training course is divided in different phases:

GROUND PHASE
HANDLING PHASE
SKILL TEST PHASE
ZFTT or BASE TRAINING

A330 to A320.4.1 GROUND PHASE

Ground phase consist of teaching theoretical knowledge (SKM) for differences between A330 and A320 aircrafts’
systems, equipment performance, flight planning and limitation in compliance with normal and abnormal or
emergency procedures.

A330 to A320.4.2 HANDLING PHASE

Training is conducted in FFS which is not less than level “D”.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-2
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.4.3 SKILL TEST PHASE

According to the PART-FCL requirements, the Skill Test syllabus is designed in a commercial air transport
environment and consists of:

1st part: a real time sector with some specific events.


2nd part: additional part to deal with the remaining items to be performed by the trainee in order to fully
satisfy the Part-FCL Appendix 9 requirements.

A330 to A320.4.4 BASE TRAINING PHASE

Trainee is already Type Rated (Skill test passed):

Two options are provided to the Customer according to regulation requirements and airline request:

Aircraft Base Training (Flight) refer to paragraph 8.1 - General Base Training Phase, If applicable
OR

Zero Flight Time Training Program: (FFS ZFTT 1:30 / per pilot) refer to paragraph 9.1 - General Zero Flight
Time Training.

A330 to A320.4.5 Training Course Summary

Test / Check / Evaluation


Phase Duration
Requirements

GROUND PHASE 24 hrs CCQ Test

HANDLING PHASE 12 hrs in FFS Sessions must be completed

2 hrs (per pilot if crew composed 2 pilots) in FFS


SKILL TEST PHASE Skill test
3 hrs in case single pilot in FFS
ZFTT 2 hrs Walk around (Virtual);
Session must be completed
or ZFTT 1:30 / per pilot, or 2:00 / per pilot;
Type rating Skill test (Aeroplane)
BASE TRAINING Base training max. 2 hrs in Aeroplae

Description of the grading system

Refer to 1.7 - Method of Instruction; 1.8 - Description of the grading system; 1.9 - Criteria of Proficiency;

1.10 - Competency Criteria – Criteria of Assessing and Grading

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-3
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.4.6 Training Schedule

A – GROUND PHASE (SKM)

Training
h / Morning h / Afternoon
Day
1:30 CBT (Autoflight)
1:30 Course Introduction
0:30 CBT (Communication)
1 1:30 CBT (Aircraft General)
1:30 CBT (Electrical)
1:00 CBT (Air Cond/Press/Vent)
0:30 CBT (Fire Detection)
1:05 CBT (Fuel)
1:15 CBT (Hydraulic System)
2 3:50 CBT (Flight Controls)
0:10 CBT (Ice and Rain Protection)
1:30 CBT (Landing Gear and Breaks)
0:45 CBT (Instruments)
0:10 CBT (Water/ Waste)
1:00 CBT (Navigation)
0:45 CBT (APU)
3 1:00 CBT (Surveillance)
0:30 CBT (Doors and Emergency Exits)
0:20 CBT (Oxygen)
2:30 CBT (Powerplant)
1:00 CBT (Pneumatic)
DAY OFF
02:00 CCQ TEST
4
02:00 Course Overview

B – HANDLING PHASE

5 4 FFS
6 4 FFS
7 4 FFS

C – SKILL TEST PHASE

2 hrs (per pilot if crew composed 2 pilots)


8
3 hrs in case single pilot

E– ZFTT PHASE

2 Virtual walk around before ZFTT


9
1:30 / per pilot (ZFTT)

or

BASE TRAINING PHASE

Walk around
9
Base training not more than 2 hrs/per pilot

A330 to A320.4.7 Documentation

After successful completion of the CCQ A330 to A320 training the BAA should issue the applicant with a training
completion certificate and the record to student’s log book must be done by Instructor.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-4
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.5 GROUND PHASE


This program is applicable for a complete crew (Captain+First officer) as well as for 2 captains or 2 first officers.

The Ground Theoretical Course can be administered in classroom with a GI or a TRI or as Distance Learning. In
case of Distance learning the CCQ Test is held in a classroom.

COURSE SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS

Each trainee will receive access to CBT. When Trainee perform CBT from home, if applicable, the information will be
gives via email or through any kind of available communication device.

At first classroom course, trainee will be provided with the relevant aircraft type operation manual (FCOM, FCTM,
SOP, Etc….)

Trainee will get copies of JEPPESEN charts required for briefing and FFS sessions at the latest before starting FFS
phase.

During this difference course those documents are available:

FCOM
FCTM
QRH
SOP
Poster
Checklist
Jeppesen charts

If customer is a company with an Air Transport Certificate, approved company’s SOP and operation manual can be
swapped with BAA Training manuals.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-5
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

Ground Course Classroom Syllabus (Technical & Operational)

The Ground Theoretical Course can be administered in classroom or as Distance Learning.

Subject Type of Study Duration (hours)


DAY 1
Course Introduction
BAA Presentation
Course Introduction With Ground
01:30
Assignment of Course Tools Instructor (GI )
Assignment of CBT Credential
Assignment of documentation
Aircraft General
Aircraft General Dimensions
Flight Crew Rest Compartment
CBT, GI 01:30
Flight Deck Lighting
Aircraft Overview Part 1
Aircraft Overview Part 2
Air Cond/Press/Vent
Air Conditioning Introduction CBT, GI 01:00
Pressurization Introduction
Autoflight
Autoflight System Presentation
Autoflight Flight Director and AP CBT, GI 01:30
Auto Thrust
FCU
Communication
Communication Introduction
CBT, GI 00:30
CVR and DFDR
Emergency Evacuation System
Electrical
Electrical System Introduction
CBT, GI 01:30
AC Power
DC Power
Fire Detection
Electrical
Electrical System Introduction CBT, GI 00:30
AC Power
DC Power
TOTAL CCQ DAY 1 08:00

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-6
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

Subject Type of Study Duration (hours)


DAY 2
Flight Controls CBT/GI 03:50
Fuel CBT, GI 01:05
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic System Introduction-NWS-Green CBT, GI 01:15
Hydraulic System Controls and Indicators
Ice and Rain Protection CBT, GI 00:10
Landing Gear and Brakes
Landing Gear Introduction
Landing Gear Controls and Operations CBT/GI 01:30
Nosewheel Steering
Brakes and Anti-Skid
TOTAL CCQ DAY 2 08:00
DAY 3
Instruments
EFIS Control Panel
CBT/GI 00:45
EIS Introduction
Navigation Display
Navigation
ADIRS
CBT/GI 01:00
EGPWS
Global Positioning System
Surveillance
Predictive Windshear System
Weather Radar CBT/GI 01:00
Radio Navigation
TCAS
Oxygen
Oxygen System Introduction
CBT/GI 00:20
Cabin Oxygen
Flight Crew Oxygen
Pneumatic
Pneumatic System Introduction
CBT/GI 01:00
Pneumatic System Controls & Operations Part 1
Pneumatic System Controls & Operations Part 2
Water/Waste CBT/GI 00:10
APU
APU Introduction CBT/GI 00:45
APU Controls and Operations
DOORS AND EMERGENCY EXITS CBT/GI 00:30

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-7
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

Subject Type of Study Duration (hours)


DAY 3 (cont)
Powerplant
Power Plant Automatic Start
Power Plant FADEC
Power Plant Fuel System
Power Plant Ignition
CBT/GI 02:30
Power Plant Indications
Power Plant Introduction
Power Plant Manual Start
Power Plant Oil System
Power Plant Thrust Levers
TOTAL CCQ DAY 3 08:00
DAY OFF
CCQ TEST (MCQ100) GI 02:00
Course Overview GI 02:00
TOTAL 28:00

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-8
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.6 HANDLING PHASE


FFS training requires the use of a Level D full flight simulator (FFS).

Minimum of 3 training sessions (12 hours) is required to complete this CCQ course. Full flight simulator training may
be conducted by corresponding SFI(A) who has or had valid A320 rating, or TRI(A), who has A320 valid rating.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-9
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.6.1 FFS – 1 SESSION

A330 to A320.6.1.1 CCQ FFS – 1 Preparation

SESSION OBJECTIVE

To handle the A320 in normal operations.


To study A320 specific changes in panels and controls during cockpit preparation.
To study system features specific to A320 in a dynamic environment.
To practice SOPs applicable to A320.
To practice windshear recoveries

TRAINING TOPICS

Review:

Documentation required for simulator session.


Standard cockpit preparation.
Take off.
Descent and approach preparation.

Exercises / References:

EVENT FCOM QRH


FUEL TRANSFER LOGIC : UNBALANCE DSC-28-10-30 ABN
DSC-31-62
EFIS DMC RECONFIGURATION
PRO-ABN-31
VISUAL PATTERN PRO-NOR-SOP
CIRCLING PRO-NOR-SOP
USE OF REVERSERS PRO-NOR-SOP
PRO-ABN
DUAL FMGS FAULT ABN
PRO-ABN

Session Support:

FCOM / QRH
FCTM

SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA:

Ability to carry out normal tasks in accordance with SOPs.


Ability to carry out all take off and approaches in accordance with SOPs and within standard criteria of
flight accuracy.
Ability to apply correct landing technique including with crosswind.
Good understanding of new features.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-10
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-11
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.6.1.2 FFS-1 SESSION GUIDE

The instructor should brief shortly the FFS installation and safety equipment exists, ropes, phones, etc… before
starting the session.
1 During the cockpit preparation, highlight the new location or design of some panels & controls on overhead,
lateral, instruments panels and pedestal

8 Set up the asymmetry by increasing one side and decreasing the other of the same amount so that the
difference between the two is more than 1 500 kg (3 300 lb)

9 Point out and comment the cross transfer logic:


- PDF / ND - EWD / SD - SD / ND

13 INIT HOLD RWY - Change wind: crosswind 15 kt

15 Go Around below 30 ft and discuss the flare mode effect

18 INIT HOLD RWY - Change wind: crosswind 15 kt


FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


19 VOR DME

22 Set Wind: crosswind 10 kt

23 Fail FMGS 1 first, then FMGS 2. The reset procedure must be applied to restore FMGS 2

27 INIT HOLD RWY - Change wind: crosswind 15 kt

29 Go Around below 30 ft and discuss the flare mode effect

32 Insert a “Windshear after rotation”

33 Localizer Approach

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-12
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-13
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.6.1.3 CCQ FFS – 1 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6 330/10 3000 OVC005 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 61 t
15/10 QNH1010 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 5t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 56.0 t
ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 32 %

CFM IAE
V1 143 TOGA - V1 140 TOGA -
VR 143 FLEX 64 VR 140 FLEX 69
V2 143 FLAPS 1+F V2 142 FLAPS 1+F
TRK-FPA

Trainee No.1 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP
FD

LST Comments
Training Events
INIT GATE
1 PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
2 BEFORE START 1.3
3 ENGINE START 1.4
4 TAXI 1.5
5 V V BEFORE TAKEOFF 1.6
6 V V V TAKEOFF 2.1, 2.2
7 V V V CLIMB FL 100 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE 3.1.4, 3.8.1
8 V V V FUEL UNBALANCE - RESTORE 3.4.3
9 V V V EIS DMC SWITCHING 3.4.4
10 V V V RETURN TO DEPARTURE 3.8.1
11 V V V ILS APPROACH 3.8.3
12 1:40 AUTOLAND 5.1
INIT HOLDING
13 TAKEOFF (CROSSWIND) 2.3
14 V V VISUAL CIRCUIT 3.8.5
15 V V GO AROUND (BELOW 30 FT) 4, 4.2
16 V V VISUAL PATTERN
17 LANDING (CROSSWIND) 5.3
INIT TAKE OFF
18 V V TAKEOFF (CROSSWIND) 2.3
19 V V V V NON PRECISION APPROACH 3.8.4
20 V V CIRCLING 3.8.5
21 LANDING 5.1
2:25 Break

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-14
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

TRK-FPA
Trainee No. 2 as PF

ATHR

Time
No.

AP
FD
LST Comments
Training Events
INIT HOLD
22 V V 2:35 TAKE OFF 2.1, 2.2
CLIMB FL80 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE DUAL FMGS
23 V V V V 3.1.4
FAILURE DEMO
24 V V V RETURN TO DEPARTURE
25 V V V ILS APPROACH 3.8.3
26 2:55 LANDING 5.1
INIT TAKE OFF
27 V V TAKEOFF (CROSSWIND) 2.3
28 V V VISUAL CIRCUIT 3.8.5
29 V V GO AROUND (BELOW 30 FT) 4, 4.2
30 V V VISUAL CIRCUIT
31 3:15 LANDING (CROSSWIND) 5.3
INIT TAKE OFF
32 V V TAKEOFF (WINDSHEAR) 3.6.5
33 V V V NON PRECISION APPROACH 3.8.4
34 V V CIRCLING 3.8.5
35 LANDING 5.1
36 AFTER LANDING
37 PARKING
4:00 End

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-15
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.6.1.4 CCQ FFS – 1 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No CCQ FFS – 1
Surname
Session
Trainee License No ☐ Remedial Training
(if applicable)

Aircraft type A330 TO A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


3 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
presented to the trainee and validated in Trainee
presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-16
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-17
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.6.2 FFS – 2 SESSION

A330 to A320.6.2.1 CCQ FFS – 2 Preparation

SESSION OBJECTIVE:

To review alternate and direct laws and handle the A320 in those configurations
To practice dual hydraulic failures and review A320 particularities.
To operate the A320 in abnormal situations

TRAINING TOPICS:

Review:

Standard visual pattern and approach.


Task sharing and CRM key points in abnormal situation.

Exercises / References:

EVENT FCOM QRH


F/CTL RECONFIGURATION CONTROL LAWS DSC-27-20-20
ACTIVE CONTROL LAW PRO-ABN-27
FAC 1 + 2 FAULT PRO-ABN-22
ELAC 1 + 2 FAULT PRO-ABN-27
ADR 1 + 3 (OR 2 + 3) FAULT PRO-ABN-34
LANDING IN ALTERNATE AND DIRECT LAW DSC-27-20-20
STALL RECOVERY TECHNIQUE PRO-SUP-27
HYD: G + Y SYS LO LVL
PRO-ABN-29 FPE
LANDING WITH SLATS OR FLAPS JAMMED
PRO-ABN-10 ABN
SUMMARY
NAV: RA 1 + 2 FAULT PRO-ABN-34
L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION PRO-ABN-32 ABN
ENG FIRE (ON GROUND) PRO-ABN-26
ABN
EMER EVACUATION PRO-ABN-MISC
REJECTED TAKEOFF PRO-ABN-MISC

Session Support:

FCOM/QRH
FCTM

SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA:

Ability to perform normal and abnormal procedures in accordance with SOPs.


Understanding and assimilation of all A320 new features.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-18
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.6.2.2 FFS-2 SESSION GUIDE

8 Switch OFF FAC 1 then FAC 2 (through the OVERHEAD Panel FAC P/Bs) and describe the FLT CTL NORM
law switching to ALTN then set landing configuration (FLAPS 3) for DIRECT law demonstration. Then restore.

9 Insert ELAC 1 + ELAC 2 FAULT for ILS approach in ALTN law and landing in DIRECT law.

12 Insert HYD Yellow and Green LOW FLUID QTY.

15 Insert an unextinguishable ENG FIRE before V1.

19 Insert ADR 1(2) FAULT on PF side, then ADR 2(1) FAULT on PNF side for ALTN law exercises.
Demonstrate STALL Recoveries in CLEAN and LDG configurations.
Switching AIR DATA to the other trainee, transfer controls and repeat exercises.
Do not restore ADR 1 + 2 FAULT in order to perform the next exercise (ILS in ALTN law).

22 Fail RA 2 prior to take off.

23 Fail RA 1 when APPR mode is armed.


FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


25 Insert an unextinguishable ENG FIRE before V1.
Follow ECAM PROC and point out that ECAM is not available on batteries.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-19
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.6.2.3 CCQ FFS – 2 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 5/5/5 WET 200/10 5000 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 61.5 t
OVC005 5/0 QNH1020 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG 28.5
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 5.5 t
LOWS15 5/5/5 WET 100/10 800 OVC005
NOTES: RWY – WET, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 56.0 t
-RA 3/-1 QNH1018 WET
ANTI ICE – ON ZFWCG 30 %

CFM IAE
V1 143 TOGA - V1 141 TOGA -
VR 144 FLEX 61 VR 142 FLEX 69
V2 145 FLAPS 1+F V2 143 FLAPS 1+F
TRK-FPA

Trainee No.2 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.
AP

FD

LST Comments
Training Events
INIT GATE
1 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION 1.3
2 BEFORE START 1.4
3 ENGINE START 1.4
4 TAXI 1.5
5 BEFORE TAKEOFF 1.6
6 V V TAKE OFF 2.1
7 V V V CLIMB FL 100 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE
8 V V FLT CTL : ALTERNATE / DIRECT LAW
9 V V ILS APPROACH - ALTN LAW 3.8.3
10 LANDING - DIRECT LAW 5.1
INIT TAKE OFF
11 V V 1:20 TAKE OFF 2.1
12 V V CLIMB FL 70 - HYD (G + Y LO LVL)
13 V V ILS APPROACH - ALTN LAW - NO FLAPS 3.4.13
14 LANDING - DIRECT LAW 5.2
1:50 INIT TAKE OFF (Set low visibility)
15 TAKE OFF ENG FAILURE BEFORE V1 2.6
16 REJECTED TAKEOFF 2.6
2:05 Break

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-20
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

TRK-FPA
Trainee No.1 as PF

ATHR

Time
No.
AP

FD
LST Comments
Training Events
INIT HOLD
17 V V 3:15 TAKEOFF 2.1
18 V V V CLIMB FL 100 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE
19 V FLT CTL: ALTERNATE / DIRECT LAW STALL RECOVERIES 3.4.9
20 V ILS APPROACH - ALTN LAW 3.8.3
21 LANDING - DIRECT LAW 5.1
INIT TAKEOFF (RA2 FAULT)
22 V V 3:30 TAKEOFF (RA2 FAULT) 2.1
23 V V ILS APPROACH (RA1 FAULT)
24 LANDING - DIRECT LAW 5.1
INIT TAKEOFF (LOW VISIBILITY)
25 3:45 TAKE OFF ENGINE FIRE BEFORE V1 (INEXTINGUISHABLE) 3.6.1
26 REJECTED TAKE OFF 2.6
27 EMERGENCY EVACUATION 3.6.1
4:00 End

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-21
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.6.2.4 CCQ FFS – 2 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No CCQ FFS – 2
Surname
Session
Trainee License No ☐ Remedial Training
(if applicable)

Aircraft type A330 TO A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


3 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


exercises for this session are either completed or Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-22
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-23
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.6.3 FFS – 3 SESSION

A330 to A320.6.3.1 CCQ FFS – 3 Preparation

SESSION OBJECTIVE

To review alternate and direct laws and handle the A320 in these configurations
To practice a dual engine failure and review A320 particularities.
To operate the A320 in abnormal situations.

TRAINING TOPICS:

Review:

Engine out operations.


Approach and landing with Dual RA fault.
Task sharing and CRM key points in abnormal situation.

Exercises / References:

EVENT FCOM QRH


ENG DUAL FAILURE ABN
PRO-ABN-70
SINGLE ENGINE OPERATIONS FPE
ELEC EMER CONFIG
PRO-ABN-24 ABN
SUMMARY
SMOKE / AVIONICS SMOKE
PRO-ABN-26 ABN
SMOKE / TOXIC FUMES REMOVAL
EMER DESCENT PRO-ABN-80 ABN

Session Support:

FCOM / QRH
FCTM

SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA:

Demonstrate the ability to perform all exercises, using the correct procedure and techniques and
in accordance with SOPs.
Have reached a satisfactory standard of accuracy in order to pass the skill test.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-24
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.6.3.2 FFS – 3 SESSION GUIDE

6 Insert engine flame out with damage.

8 VOR DME Approach.

10 ILS Approach.

12 Insert an EXCESSIVE CABIN ALTITUDE.

13 Insert a DUAL GEN FAULT.

17 Insert engine flame out with damage.

19 Insert an ENG FLAME OUT with no damage

20 Let the trainees comply with ECAM and attempt a successful relight with one engine.

23 Insert engine flame out with damage.


FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FOR INSTRUCTOR ONLY


24 VOR DME Approach

26 ILS Approach.

28 Insert AVIONICS SMOKE (dense smoke in cockpit only)


CABIN EQUIPMENT SMOKE is not suspected
AVIONICS SMOKE WARNING still persists after 5 mn
(ILS approach will be performed in Direct law due to the loss of 2 IRs).

33 Fail RA 2 prior to take off.

34 Fail RA 1 when APPR mode is armed.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-25
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.6.3.3 CCQ FFS – 3 Training

WEATHER FLIGHT DATA FUEL & LOAD


EBBR25L 6/6/6* 230/10 CALM 1500 FLT NBR: [Airline ID] 123 GW 61 t
OVC005 5/1 QNH1013 ROUTE: EBBR-EDDF, ALTN EDDK, FL230, CG
TRIP WIND HD020 FOB 5t
NOTES: RWY – DRY, AIR COND – OFF, ZFW 56 t
*Runway condition code is reported by instructor ANTI ICE – OFF ZFWCG 32 %

CFM IAE
V1 142 TOGA - V1 140 TOGA -
VR 142 FLEX 66 VR 140 FLEX 69
V2 145 FLAPS 3 V2 143 FLAPS 3
TRK-FPA

Trainee No.1 as PF
ATHR

Time
No.

AP

FD

LST Comments
Training Events
INIT GATE
1 TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION 1.3
2 BEFORE START 1.4
3 ENGINE START 1.4
4 TAXI 1.5
5 BEFORE TAKEOFF 1.6
6 V V TAKE OFF - ENGINE FLAME OUT AT VR 2.5.2
7 V V V RETURN TO DEPARTURE
8 V V V V NON PRECISION APPROACH ONE ENGINE OUT
9 V V V GO AROUND - ONE ENGINE OUT 4.4
10 V V ILS APPROACH - ONE ENGINE OUT 3.8.3.4
11 1:00 LANDING - ONE ENGINE OUT 5.5
INIT FL 350
3.4.1,
12 V V V EMERGENCY DESCENT
3.6.6
13 V FL 100 - ALL GEN FAULT
14 V IEMER ELEC 3.4.4
15 V ILS APPROACH - ALTN LAW 3.8.3
16 1:30 LANDING - DIRECT LAW 5.1
INIT FL 350
V V V 3.4.0,
17 ONE ENGINE FLAME OUT
3.6.3
18 V V V OBSTACLE STRATEGY
19 V 2nd ENGINE FLAME OUT 3.6.3
3.4.14,
20 V V V ENGINE RELIGHT (WITH APU)
3.6.3
21 V V VISUAL APPROACH - ONE ENG OUT 3.8.6
22 LANDING - ONE ENGINE OUT 5.5
2:00 Break

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-26
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

TRK-FPA
Trainee No.2 as PF

ATHR

Time
No.

AP
FD
LST Comments
Training Events
INIT HOLD
23 V V 2:10 TAKEOFF - ENGINE FLAME OUT 2.5.1, 3.4.0
24 V V V V NON PRECISION APPROACH ONE ENGINE OUT 3.8.4
25 V V V GO AROUND - ONE ENGINE OUT 4.4
26 V V ILS APPROACH - ONE ENGINE OUT 3.8.3.4
27 2:45 LANDING - ONE ENGINE OUT 5.5
INIT FL 350
28 V V V AVIONICS SMOKE 3.6.2
29 V V V EMERGENCY DESCENT 3.6.6
30 V SMOKE REMOVAL 3.6.2
31 V ILS APPROACH (RAW DATA) 3.8.3.1
32 3:15 LANDING - DIRECT LAW
INIT TAKEOFF (RA2 FAULT)
33 V V TAKE OFF (RA2 FAULT) 2.1
34 V V ILS APPROACH (RA1 FAULT)
35 LANDING - DIRECT LAW
4:00 End

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-27
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.6.3.4 CCQ FFS – 3 CBTA Form & Session records

Trainee Name &


Trainee No Session No CCQ FFS – 3
Surname
Session
Trainee License No ☐ Remedial Training
(if applicable)

Aircraft type A330 TO A320 Date

Place Session time


From…….…..to…..…..total ….…..hrs

FSTD registration Landings

Function ☐ Captain, ☐ First Officer Duties 2 hours PF / 2 hours PM


FOCUS
NORM

COMPETENCY
1 2 3 4 5 *N/O Comments - Main considerations
*N/O = NOT OBSERVABLE

(PRO) - Application of procedures


3 x
and compliance with regulations

(COM) - Communication 3 x
(FPA) - Aeroplane flight path
3 x
management - automation

(FPM) - Aeroplane flight path


3 x
management - manual control

(KNO) - Application of Knowledge 3 x


(LTW) - Leadership & teamwork 3 x
(PSD) - Problem-solving and
3 x
decision-making

(SAW) - Situation awareness and


3 x
management of information

(WLM) - Workload management 3 x


Comments – free text (as PF & PM):

☐ I confirm that all the required maneuvers and


Remedial Training needed: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
exercises for this session are either completed or
Ready for the skill test: ☐ YES, ☐ NO
listed in the free text box.
☐ I confirm that the reporting has been presented TRI / SFI Name, Surname and Signature
to the trainee and validated in Trainee presence
☐ One or more mandatory items not completed Trainee Signature
and listed in the Open Item List

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-28
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-29
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

A330 to A320.7 SKILL TEST PHASE


The skill test concludes the practical type rating training according to Part-FCL. Trainees shall demonstrate
knowledge of flight procedures, safe aircraft handling and efficient and correct handling of malfunctions according to
checklists. CRM constitutes an integrated part of Trainees’ knowledge and abilities.

Trainees shall prepare the planned aerodromes thoroughly. During the briefing, any possible uncertainties in the
route documentation shall be clarified together with the Examiner.

A330 to A320.7.1 Skill Test CRM Items

CRM Element CRM Sub-Element


Communication Atmosphere
Information transfer
Information management
Leadership & teamwork Command ability
Team ability
Conflict management
Workload management Completion of tasks
Time management
Stress and error management
Situational awareness & decision-making Efficient preparation
Efficient processing
Efficient interaction
Threat and Error Management (TEM) Threats
Anticipated Threats
Unexpected Threats
Latent Threats
Errors

Note:CRM skills of all 5 main elements must be at an appropriate level during the skill test!

A330 to A320.7.2 Documentation

The form to be used for the skill test depends on the Civil Aviation Authority which issued the license for the
applicant.

If corresponding skill test form is not available or not provided by the authority, skill test form issued by BAA Training
(TM Appendix Z) should be used.

The copy of skill test form shall be kept in student folder together with all other training documentation.

© BAA Training
Page: A330 to A320-30
A318/319/320/321 TYPE RATING TRAINING PROGRAM
Date: 2023-07-27
APPENDIX CCQ A330 TO A320 - CROSS CREW QUALIFICATION
Issue/ Rev: 7/0
A330 TO A320

This page is intentionally left blank.

© BAA Training

You might also like